{"title":"Snacks Canada","description":"\u003cp\u003eSnacks and sweets: Lindt Excellence 70% and 85% bars by the dozen, RXBAR and IQBAR protein bars in 30 to 36-count boxes, Queen Jax bulk candy and Old Trapper jerky. Counts and weights are in the titles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything ships across canada with tracking and is priced in canadian dollars.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lindt-excellence-dark-chocolate-bar-70-cocoa-3-5-oz-12-pack-silky-texture","title":"Lindt EXCELLENCE Dark Chocolate Bar 70% Cocoa — 3.5 oz. 12-Pack, Silky Texture","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLindt EXCELLENCE 70% Cocoa is a premium dark chocolate bar offering a silky texture and well-balanced, robust cocoa flavor in pre-scored squares.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover a pack of twelve 3.5 oz Lindt EXCELLENCE dark chocolate bars crafted by Lindt Master Chocolatiers. Each bar showcases a deep cocoa color, a refined aroma and a smooth mouthfeel that highlights cocoa flavor without overwhelming bitterness. These bars are portioned into bite-sized squares to deliver consistent tasting moments—ideal for nibbling, pairing with beverages, gifting, or adding concentrated cocoa intensity to desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tasting profile should I expect from the 70% cocoa bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect focused cocoa notes with moderate bitterness and a lingering, slightly toasted finish. The texture is notably silky rather than chalky, providing a clean cocoa forward experience that accentuates quality ingredients. It balances intensity with refinement rather than extreme sharpness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeep, aromatic cocoa scent and dark color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRobust cocoa flavor with controlled acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSilky melting texture that emphasizes cocoa nuances\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-scored squares for consistent bites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I enjoy or use these bars beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Lindt bars are versatile: enjoy them with wine or coffee, use chopped pieces in baking for an intense chocolate note, or serve squares with cheese boards for contrast. Their concentrated 70% cocoa makes them a useful ingredient where a true dark chocolate presence is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with bold red wines, espresso, or craft beer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into ganache, brownies, or cookie dough for richer flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelt for drizzling over fruit or desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude on a dessert platter or gourmet gift box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is portioning and packaging suited for sharing or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 3.5 oz bar is molded with squares so every portion delivers balanced complexity—making it easy to share or present individually. The 12-pack format is convenient for stocking a pantry, assembling gift baskets, or distributing at events and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve individually wrapped 3.5 oz bars per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-scored squares for neat sharing and serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact bar size fits in gift boxes or pantry shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent bar-to-bar flavor for reliable gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere do the ingredients come from and what sets Lindt craftsmanship apart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLindt sources premium cocoa and ingredients from recognized growing regions and blends them according to recipes developed by Lindt Master Chocolatiers. The process emphasizes smooth texture and balanced flavor rather than artificial intensification, reflecting a tradition of quality chocolate-making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium cocoa sourced from world-renowned regions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrafted by experienced Lindt Master Chocolatiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecipes tuned for silky mouthfeel and even cocoa expression\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality controls for consistent dark chocolate character\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lindt EXCELLENCE 70% Cocoa is aimed at dark chocolate enthusiasts and home bakers who want a refined, cocoa-forward bar that performs well on its own and as an ingredient. It's also a strong choice for gift-givers, wine-pairing hosts and anyone who prefers a sophisticated, less-sweet chocolate experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate, sugar, cocoa butter, soya lecithin (emulsifier), bourbon vanilla beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lindt EXCELLENCE 70% suitable for baking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Its concentrated cocoa flavor and silky texture make it great for ganache, brownies, and desserts where pronounced chocolate taste is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bars are included and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains twelve bars, each 3.5 ounces, pre-scored into squares for easy sharing and portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lindt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52898482225464,"sku":"B000H26J7E","price":173.89,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/lindt-excellence-70-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788365709"},{"product_id":"lindt-excellence-85-cocoa-dark-chocolate-bars-12-pack-of-3-5-oz-intense-smooth-flavor","title":"Lindt EXCELLENCE 85% Cocoa Dark Chocolate Bars, 12-Pack of 3.5 oz — Intense, Smooth Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLindt EXCELLENCE 85% Cocoa is a premium dark chocolate bar that delivers deep, velvety cocoa flavor with a remarkably smooth finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12-pack of 3.5 oz. Lindt EXCELLENCE 85% Cocoa bars is crafted for people who appreciate a concentrated, sophisticated dark chocolate experience. Each bar is portioned into bite-sized squares so you can enjoy balanced intensity in every piece. Made by Lindt Master Chocolatiers from carefully selected ingredients, these bars pair well with after-dinner drinks, make a thoughtful gourmet gift, and can add focused cocoa depth when used in baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flavor profile of Lindt 85% taste like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll find a richly roasted cocoa character that’s bold without being overly bitter, supported by subtle aromatic notes and a silky mouthfeel. Its high cocoa content concentrates chocolate flavor while still maintaining a refined balance typical of Lindt’s EXCELLENCE line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDominant roasted and cocoa-forward notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow sweetness, pronounced dark chocolate intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSilky texture that melts evenly on the tongue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this bar best enjoyed and paired?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy single squares slowly to appreciate the layered flavors, or pair with dry red wines, aged spirits, or robust coffee for complementary contrasts. It’s also an excellent choice for finishing a meal or sharing in a tasting flight with other dark chocolates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with cabernet sauvignon and espresso\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe small squares after dinner or during tasting events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a flavor-intense component in dessert pairings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Lindt 85% Cocoa for baking and recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the concentrated cocoa flavor makes it suitable for recipes that need pronounced chocolate depth. Chop or melt the bar to incorporate into ganaches, brownies, or as a finishing garnish to elevate the chocolate profile of pastries and desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelt for ganache and sauces to add intense chocolate notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChop into chunks for cookies or sprinkled over desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute in recipes calling for high-percentage dark chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the packaging and serving details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as twelve individually wrapped 3.5 oz. bars, each pre-scored into squares for convenient portioning and storage. The packaging preserves aroma and makes it easy to gift or keep a bar on hand for cooking and snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 bars per pack, each 3.5 oz. and pre-scored\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped bars for freshness and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size good for pantries, gift baskets, or travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Lindt EXCELLENCE 85% Cocoa 12-pack suits dark-chocolate lovers, home bakers, and anyone seeking a polished, intense chocolate for pairing or gifting. If you prefer a pronounced cocoa experience with a smooth, refined mouthfeel and versatile culinary use, these bars deliver premium flavor and consistent quality from a recognized chocolatier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate, cocoa powder, cocoa butter, demerara sugar, bourbon vanilla beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lindt EXCELLENCE 85% suitable for baking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Its concentrated cocoa makes it ideal for melting into ganaches, chopping into cookies, or intensifying dessert recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bars are in the pack and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains twelve 3.5 oz. bars, each pre-scored into bite-sized squares for easy serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lindt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52898482356536,"sku":"B000HQNBSU","price":173.87,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/lindt-excellence-85-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788365713"},{"product_id":"iqbar-clean-protein-bars-low-sugar-keto-chocolate-variety-pack-36-count-plant-protein-high-fiber","title":"IQBAR Clean Protein Bars Low-Sugar Keto Chocolate Variety Pack 36-Count — Plant Protein, High Fiber","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIQBAR Clean Protein Bars are a low‑sugar, plant‑based protein snack crafted for keto and low‑carb lifestyles, bundled here as a 36‑count chocolate variety pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bars combine plant protein, high fiber, and healthy fats with minimal net carbs to deliver a portable, clean‑label snack. Certified by the Clean Label Project and free from gluten, dairy, and soy, the bars are formulated for people seeking a convenient, lower‑sugar option that supports steady energy and satiety without artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do IQBARs fit into a low‑carb or keto plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIQBARs are designed to keep net carbs low while providing fiber and plant protein to promote fullness. They make it easier to stay within carb targets during the day and can substitute for a quick meal when time is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow net carbs per bar for keto‑friendly snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh fiber helps reduce effective carbohydrate impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlant protein supports sustained satiety without dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients and functional ingredients are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bar blends protein and healthy fats with targeted nutrients often used for cognitive support and energy. Ingredients like MCTs, magnesium, vitamin E, and Lion’s Mane mushroom are included to complement the macronutrient profile, not to replace a varied diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMCTs supply quick‑metabolism fats useful for low‑carb diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLion’s Mane adds a mushroom extract commonly paired with focus routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMagnesium and vitamin E contribute to daily micronutrient intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre IQBARs suitable for special diets like vegan, paleo, or gluten‑free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIQBARs are formulated to be broadly diet‑friendly and avoid common allergens like dairy and soy. They are certified gluten‑free and kosher, and the plant‑based protein makes them compatible with many vegan and paleo approaches, though individuals should check ingredient lists for personal restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten‑free, dairy‑free, and soy‑free formulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified and plant‑based protein source\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppropriate for many low‑carb, keto, paleo, and diabetic meal plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the 36‑count chocolate variety pack in daily routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety pack offers multiple chocolate‑forward flavors for different moments—breakfast replacement, pre\/post workout, travel fuel, or an office snack. The single‑serve bars simplify portion control and make it easy to keep a stash at home, in the gym bag, or at the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle‑serve bars for on‑the‑go convenience and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix of chocolate flavors to prevent taste fatigue over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a quick meal substitute or a midday energy boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: The IQBAR Clean Protein Chocolate Variety Pack is aimed at busy adults, low‑carb and keto adherents, plant‑based eaters, and anyone who wants a cleaner, lower‑sugar protein bar without dairy or gluten. If you need portable nutrition with a focus on fiber, balanced macros, and functional ingredients, this 36‑count pack provides variety and convenience for everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCHOCOLATE SEA SALT: Almonds, Protein Blend (Pea Protein Crisps [Pea Protein, Tapioca Starch], Pea Protein), Natural Flavors, Prebiotic Blend (Tapioca Fiber, Vegetable Fiber), Cocoa, Coconut Oil, Unsweetened Chocolate, Water, Cocoa Butter, Sea Salt, Lion's Mane, Stevia Plant Extract, Vitamin E Allergens: Almonds, Coconut ||| PEANUT BUTTER CHIP: Nuts (Peanuts, Almonds), Prebiotic Blend (Tapioca Fiber, Vegetable Fiber), Protein Blend (Pea Protein Crisps [Pea Protein, Tapioca Starch], Pea Protein), Natural Flavors, Peanut Flour, Coconut Oil, Unsweetened Chocolate, Cocoa, Cocoa Butter, Sea Salt, Lion's Mane, Stevia Plant Extract, Vitamin E Allergens: Peanuts, Almonds, Coconut ||| ALMOND BUTTER CHIP: Almonds, Protein Blend (Pea Protein Crisps [Pea Protein, Tapioca Starch], Pea Protein), Natural Flavors, Prebiotic Blend (Tapioca Fiber, Vegetable Fiber), Coconut Oil, Unsweetened Chocolate, Cocoa, Water, Cocoa Butter, Cinnamon, Sea Salt, Lion's Mane, Stevia Plant Extract, Vitamin E Allergens: Almonds, Coconut\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many carbs are in each IQBAR?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: IQBARs are low in net carbs thanks to high fiber; check the package for exact per‑bar net carb values.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these bars vegan and gluten‑free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, IQBARs in this pack are plant‑based and certified gluten‑free, with no dairy or soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"IQBAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52898669330744,"sku":"B086XMC77L","price":179.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/iqbar-chocolate-variety-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788369079"},{"product_id":"rxbar-protein-bars-chocolate-sea-salt-30-bars-6-boxes-12g-protein-gluten-free","title":"RXBAR Protein Bars Chocolate Sea Salt — 30 Bars (6 Boxes), 12g Protein, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRXBAR Chocolate Sea Salt Protein Bars are whole‑ingredient, gluten‑free protein snacks delivering 12g of protein per bar for an easy, on‑the‑go boost.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimple ingredients and straightforward flavor define these Chocolate Sea Salt RXBARs: egg whites for protein, dates to bind, almonds and cashews for crunch, cocoa for taste, and a pinch of sea salt. Packaged in six boxes (five bars each) for a total of 30 individually wrapped bars, they’re designed for convenience whether you stash them in a gym bag, office drawer, or pantry. There’s no artificial filler—just recognizable foods that keep snacking uncomplicated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these bars fit into a busy morning routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey offer a quick, portable option when you don’t have time for a full meal. At 12g of protein and a handful of whole ingredients, an RXBAR can pair with coffee or fruit to make a more complete breakfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12g protein fuels morning energy and satiety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for grab‑and‑go convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal‑food ingredients simplify choices before work or school\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChocolate Sea Salt flavor adds a satisfying taste without complex prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Chocolate Sea Salt flavor different from other protein bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety balances cocoa’s rich taste with a light sea salt finish and crunchy nuts for texture. The flavor profile focuses on familiar ingredients rather than added artificial flavors or sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCocoa provides a naturally indulgent base note\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSea salt enhances sweetness and rounds out the taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlmonds and cashews contribute crunch and mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDates bind ingredients and supply natural sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars suitable for special diets or allergen considerations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRXBAR Chocolate Sea Salt bars are gluten free and made with straightforward ingredients, but they are produced in facilities that may handle common allergens. Check packaging for full allergen warnings if you have severe sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free labeling for those avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains egg whites as the primary protein source\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMay contain peanuts, tree nuts, milk, soy and wheat—read labels if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher Pareve certified on product packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use or store these bars for best freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep bars in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for optimal texture and flavor. The individual wrappers help retain freshness, so store unopened boxes in your pantry and reseal any open box by folding or using a clip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature in a cool, dry cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged heat exposure to prevent softening or melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped bars are ideal for backpacks, gym bags, and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume by the best‑by date printed on the box for peak flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These RXBAR Chocolate Sea Salt Protein Bars suit anyone seeking a real‑food snack with a clear ingredient list and moderate protein content—students, commuters, busy parents, and active people who want a convenient bite without artificial additives. If you need a compact snack to bridge meals, support light recovery after activity, or simply enjoy chocolate with a salty finish, this six‑box pack of 30 bars provides variety and reliable shelf stability for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDates, Egg Whites, Cashews, Almonds, Chocolate, Cocoa, Natural Flavors, Sea Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each RXBAR Chocolate Sea Salt bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bar contains 12 grams of protein, primarily from egg whites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are RXBAR Chocolate Sea Salt bars gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are labeled gluten free, but check packaging for other allergen notices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"RXBAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52898767044920,"sku":"B0BJXW16DL","price":143.01,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/rxbar-chocolate-sea-salt-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788370480"},{"product_id":"queen-jax-ultimate-assorted-candy-party-mix-12-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-variety-for-events","title":"QUEEN JAX Ultimate Assorted Candy Party Mix — 12 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped Variety for Events","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQUEEN JAX Ultimate Assorted Candy Party Mix is a 12-pound bulk bag of individually wrapped sweets featuring a wide selection of popular candies suited for parties and large gatherings.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12 lb assortment delivers a convenient, high-capacity selection of individually wrapped candies — including fruit chews, hard candies, gummies, sour pieces, and crunchy bits — all blended into one convenient bag. Packed for easy portioning and sharing, the mix is designed for hosts, event planners, classrooms, office pantries, and anyone who needs a variety-ready candy supply without buying dozens of single packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat candies are included in this mega variety mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains a curated blend of well-known candy styles to satisfy a broad range of tastes. Expect fruity chews, hard candies, tart gummies, crunchy tiny candies, and a selection of both soft and firm textures for variety in every handful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit chews and taffy-style pieces for chewy flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard candies like Jolly Rancher-style pieces for long-lasting taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSour gummies similar to Sour Patch for tart-sweet contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall crunchy candies like Nerds or Smarties for bite-sized crunch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the candy packaged and served?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece in the 12 lb bag is individually wrapped, so serving, handing out, or adding to goodie bags is quick and sanitary. The large resealable outer bag makes storage and portion control straightforward while keeping candies protected between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for hygienic sharing and easy dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable outer bag for freshness and repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk format ideal for portioning into smaller gift or treat bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOver 192 ounces total weight to cover large events or long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is this candy mix most useful for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis assortment is made for occasions where variety and convenience matter: birthday parties, baby or gender reveal celebrations, classroom treats, office events, holiday displays, and community gatherings. A single bulk bag eliminates multiple small purchases and simplifies snack planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors and candy buffets for large guest lists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassroom rewards and holiday stocking fillers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice candy jars and reception bowls to welcome visitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy refills for concession stands or event snack tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and portion the 12 lb bag for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the resealable bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. For events, pre-portion candies into small bags or bowls to streamline distribution; for long-term use, transfer smaller amounts to airtight containers to retain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature, away from heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse small treat bags or cups to pre-portion for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the main bag or move extras to airtight containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel portions by type or allergy if mixing varieties for groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The QUEEN JAX Ultimate Assorted Candy Party Mix suits anyone organizing events, running a small business, stocking an office, or simply wanting a ready supply of diverse, individually wrapped sweets. It’s designed for hosts who need convenience and variety without the hassle of assembling multiple individual candy types, and for buyers who want a generous, grab-and-go sweet selection to share with friends, coworkers, or community groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Glucose Syrup, Dextrose, Citric Acid, Malic Acid, Gelatin, Modified Food Starch, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Fruit Juice Concentrates (Apple, Pear, Grape, Orange, Lemon, Cherry, Strawberry), Pectin, Coconut Oil, Palm Oil, Carnauba Wax, Beeswax, Confectioner's Glaze, Artificial Colors (Red 40, Yellow 5, Yellow 6, Blue 1, Blue 2), Titanium Dioxide (where permitted), Sodium Citrate, Lactic Acid, Malic Acid, Fumaric Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 12 lb candy mix individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — every piece in the QUEEN JAX 12 lb assortment is individually wrapped for easy sharing and sanitary serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix for party goodie bags?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely — the bulk format and individual wrappers make it ideal for filling goodie bags and treat cups quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"QUEEN JAX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899133194552,"sku":"B0BPZRGW74","price":173.87,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/queen-jax-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788375400"},{"product_id":"yumearth-organic-lollipops-variety-pack-250-organic-pops-allergy-friendly-vegan-no-artificial-dyes","title":"YumEarth Organic Lollipops Variety Pack — 250 Organic Pops, Allergy‑Friendly Vegan, No Artificial Dyes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYumEarth Organic Pops Variety Pack delivers 250 individually wrapped, fruit-flavored organic lollipops made without artificial dyes, allergens, gluten, or animal ingredients.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a large supply of bite-sized organic lollipops in eight fruit-forward flavors — strawberry, pomegranate, peach, cherry, grape, mango, watermelon and raspberry — packaged for sharing or everyday snacking. Each pop is colored with real fruit and vegetable juices, excludes high fructose corn syrup, and is certified USDA Organic and Non-GMO. This variety pack is crafted to be free from the top nine common allergens, giving hosts, schools, and families a convenient inclusive treat option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how many pops will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack contains approximately 250 YumEarth Organic Pops in an assortment of eight fruit flavors. The mix is designed to offer variety across small portions so there's something for every taste preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 250 individually wrapped lollipops per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEight fruit flavors: strawberry, pomegranate, peach, cherry, grape, mango, watermelon, raspberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandomized assortments for balanced flavor distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these lollipops made to be allergy-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYumEarth formulates these pops without the top nine common allergens and avoids gluten-containing ingredients. They are manufactured to meet organic and Non-GMO standards while remaining vegan, so they suit many dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from peanuts, tree nuts, milk, eggs, soy, wheat, fish, shellfish, and sesame\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and vegan-friendly ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA Organic and Non-GMO Project Verified certifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there artificial colors or high fructose corn syrup in these lollipops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo artificial dyes or high fructose corn syrup are used in YumEarth Organic Pops. Color and flavor come from fruit and vegetable juices and natural extracts to keep the ingredient list simple and recognizable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural coloring from fruit and vegetable juices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial dyes or synthetic colorants\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo high fructose corn syrup or unnecessary additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this large variety pack at home or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 250-count bag is convenient for parties, classroom treats, goody bags, or everyday snack bowls. Individually wrapped pops make distribution tidy and extend shelf life once stored in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for class parties, holiday candy bowls, and event favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for grab-and-go convenience and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The YumEarth Organic Pops Variety Pack suits parents, teachers, event planners, and anyone seeking an inclusive candy option that accommodates common dietary restrictions. It’s ideal for households wanting organic, vegan snacks and for venues that need allergy-aware treats. If you want a large supply of individually wrapped, naturally colored lollipops in a variety of fruity flavors, this pack is made to simplify sharing without sacrificing ingredient transparency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eorganic cane sugar, organic brown rice syrup, citric acid, ascorbic acid, natural flavors, colored with organic concentrate (carrot, apple, blackcurrant, radish), turmeric (color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are YumEarth Organic Pops gluten free and vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These lollipops are gluten free, vegan, USDA Organic, and Non-GMO certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How are the lollipops colored?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They use real fruit and vegetable juices for color, with no artificial dyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"YumEarth","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899146203448,"sku":"B0C8R8ZHMW","price":136.53,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/yumearth-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788375677"},{"product_id":"shameless-low-sugar-sour-fruit-gummies-bundle-18-single-serve-bags-keto-friendly-high-fiber","title":"Shameless Low-Sugar Sour \u0026 Fruit Gummies Bundle — 18 Single-Serve Bags, Keto-Friendly High-Fiber","description":"\u003cb\u003eShameless Snacks Fan Favorites Bundle is an 18-bag pack of low-sugar, high-fiber sour and fruit gummies in three popular flavors designed for keto and low-carb lifestyles.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bundle gathers Shameless’ top-selling gummy varieties — Red Raspberry Sour Scouts, Wassup Watermelon, and OMG Sour Peach — into a convenient bulk pack. Each box contains three flavors, each flavor supplied in two boxes to total 18 single-serve bags (3 boxes × 6 bags each). The snacks combine sour candy taste with fruit-based pectin, keeping the lineup vegan, gluten free, and dye-free for a broad range of diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these gummies low-sugar yet flavorful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipes are built to deliver candy-style tang and chew with a minimal sugar footprint. Every single-serve bag contains about 3 grams total sugar and sits around 70 calories, using fiber and alternative ingredients to preserve texture and mouthfeel without excess sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 3g total sugar per bag for reduced-sugar snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 70 calories per serving for portion-controlled treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural fruit flavors that keep the sour profile bold and balanced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these snacks fit a keto or low-carb plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShameless formulas prioritize net carbs reduction so you can enjoy candy without large carb spikes. Each packet reports roughly 3g net carbs, achieved through high-fiber formulations and selective carbohydrate sources that subtract from digestible carbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 3g net carbs per bag to help maintain lower-carb totals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiber-forward composition lowers impact on net-carb counts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve bags simplify tracking and portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gummies a good source of fiber?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the lineup emphasizes fiber, giving a substantial boost compared with typical candy. Each bag provides a high fiber amount that contributes meaningfully toward daily targets, helping you feel more satisfied after snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh fiber content per bag, delivering a large percentage of daily value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiber helps with satiety for better snack management between meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiber content comes from plant-based ingredients compatible with vegan diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan kids and adults with dietary restrictions enjoy these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gummies are made with plant-based pectin instead of gelatin and are free from common allergens like gluten, making them accessible to many households. They also avoid artificial dyes so families looking for cleaner ingredient profiles can include them in lunchboxes and snack rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly pectin formulation instead of animal gelatin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and dye free for wider dietary compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped bags for school lunches, travel, or movie nights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Shameless Snacks Fan Favorites Bundle is aimed at people who want candy-like flavor without traditional candy’s sugar and carb load — ideal for keto followers, low-sugar seekers, active families, and anyone who prefers plant-based, gluten-free treats. It’s especially practical for shoppers who need portioned, grab-and-go packs for lunchboxes, workouts, office snacks, or group gatherings where variety and convenience matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags are in the Fan Favorites Bundle?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bundle includes 18 single-serve bags total: 3 boxes with 6 bags each across three flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gummies keto friendly and vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each bag has about 3g net carbs and the gummies use plant-based pectin, making them keto-friendly and vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Shameless","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899155870008,"sku":"B0CLN37VLT","price":162.88,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/shameless-bundle-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788375825"},{"product_id":"great-northern-10oz-popcorn-machine-packs-24-pre-measured-movie-theater-mixes-with-coconut-oil","title":"Great Northern 10oz Popcorn Machine Packs — 24 Pre-Measured Movie-Theater Mixes with Coconut Oil","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Great Northern 10oz popcorn machine packs are all-in-one popcorn packets (kernels, coconut oil, and butter-flavored salt) that pop about 2.5 gallons per pack for a true movie-theater experience at home.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStock up your concession area, theater-style popcorn machine, or home movie-night setup with a case of 24 pre-measured popcorn packs from Great Northern. Each 12.8oz packet is formulated to fit a 10oz kettle and produces roughly 40 cups of popped popcorn — enough for a small crowd. The packs combine popping kernels, coconut oil, and butter-flavored salt so you only need to open and pour, reducing measuring, mess, and guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much popcorn does one pack make and how many people will it serve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach individually sealed pack yields approximately 2.5 gallons (about 40 cups) of popped popcorn. That volume typically serves 8 to 10 people for a standard snack portion, making these packs ideal for gatherings, parties, and small events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYield: ~2.5 gallons (40 cups) per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServings: typically 8–10 snack-sized portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase: 24 individual pre-measured packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s inside the packs and are there any common allergens or additives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack contains popping corn kernels, coconut oil, and butter-flavored salt formulated to deliver classic theater-like flavor. The product is labeled diacetyl- and gluten-free; always check the package for the most current ingredient and allergen statements if you have sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContents: popping corn kernels, coconut oil, butter-flavored salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from diacetyl and gluten according to product labeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSee packaging for full ingredient and allergen declarations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich popcorn machines are these packs compatible with and how do I use them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese packs are sized to work best with popcorn machines that have a 10oz kettle capacity. Usage is simple: remove the pack from the case, open, and pour the pre-measured mixture into the heated kettle; no separate oil or salt measuring required. Follow your machine manufacturer’s popping instructions for temperature and timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for machines with a 10oz kettle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-measured for easy, mess-free popping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow your specific machine guide for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose bulk pre-measured packs instead of buying kernels and oil separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk pre-measured packs cut prep time, reduce waste, and ensure consistent flavor from batch to batch. They simplify concession management and household entertaining by removing the need to weigh or measure ingredients and by minimizing cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistency: same flavor and yield every pop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenience: no measuring or ingredient prep needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess mess: sealed packs reduce spills and storage hassle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Great Northern 10oz popcorn machine packs are aimed at home theater enthusiasts, small-event hosts, concession operators, schools, and workplaces that want fast, reliable, movie-theater style popcorn without the fuss. If you run a small concession stand, plan frequent gatherings, or simply love a crowd-pleasing snack, a 24-pack case keeps you ready for movie night, fundraisers, and celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ekernels, coconut oil, butter flavored salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these packs be used in any popcorn machine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They’re designed for machines with a 10oz kettle; check your machine’s kettle capacity first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the butter flavor natural or artificial?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The packs contain butter-flavored salt; check ingredient labeling for detailed flavor source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Great Northern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899226255672,"sku":"B075KM235K","price":181.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/great-northern-front-of-case.jpg?v=1788377046"},{"product_id":"dum-dums-lollipops-original-mix-2-300-count-bulk-box-16-classic-flavors-individually-wrapped","title":"Dum Dums Lollipops Original Mix, 2,300-Count Bulk Box — 16 Classic Flavors, Individually Wrapped","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDum Dums Original Mix 2,300 Count is a large bulk box of individually wrapped assorted lollipops featuring the brand’s classic 16 flavors—ideal for parties, trick-or-treating, and high-traffic events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePacked with nostalgia and convenience, this 2,300-count box gives you a ready supply of America’s classic Dum Dums flavors in a single wholesale-size package. Each lollipop is individually wrapped and clearly labeled so you can distribute, store, or display them with minimal fuss. The mix includes familiar tastes like root beer and sour apple and is made without top common allergens, offering an easy-to-manage candy option for classrooms, office jars, holiday celebrations, and large-scale events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dum Dums Original Mix contains the brand’s signature lineup of 16 flavors, curated to deliver balanced fruit, sweet, and novelty profiles across the box. Flavors rotate predictably across the assortment to ensure variety throughout the bulk supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes classic flavors such as root beer, sour apple, cherry, grape and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEven distribution intended for variety when dispensing dozens at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach lollipop individually wrapped with flavor labeling for quick selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the 2,300-count box best used for events and holidays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis large box is designed for high-volume uses where convenience and speed matter—trick-or-treat nights, school parties, corporate events, and holiday stuffing. The single-wrap format makes handing out treats hygienic and fast, while the bulk quantity reduces the need for repeated restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Halloween trick-or-treat routes and large neighborhood candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for filling goodie bags, Easter baskets, or pinatas in one go\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for office candy jars, concession stands, or classroom rewards without frequent replenishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these lollipops safe for people with common food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDum Dums Original lollipops are formulated to avoid many of the most common allergens and carry OU kosher certification, which simplifies selection for mixed-audience events. While they are free from top allergens and gluten, always check packaging for the latest ingredient and allergen statements to be certain for specific attendees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU kosher certified and marketed as free from major common allergens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to reduce cross-contact during distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabeling on wrappers helps identify flavors without opening multiple pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you store and hand out a large bulk box like this?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStoring and dispensing from the 2,300-count box is straightforward—keep sealed in a dry, cool place and use shallow bowls, jars, or pre-filled bags to portion for events. The packaging is meant for easy access: open the shipping carton and pull individual wrapped lollipops as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse clear jars or labeled bins for quick selection at events or retail displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portion into small bags or cups to speed up distribution at high-traffic times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Dum Dums Original Mix 2,300 Count box is aimed at event planners, schools, retailers, and busy households seeking a dependable, economical supply of individually wrapped lollipops. It’s also a good fit for anyone who wants to stock up on classic flavors for nostalgic gifting, large gatherings, or seasonal giveaways without the hassle of repackaging. If you need a large-volume, allergen-conscious candy option that’s easy to store and distribute, this bulk box covers those needs efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors are in the Dum Dums 2,300-count mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains Dum Dums’ classic 16-flavor assortment, with wrappers labeled for easy identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Dum Dums lollipops allergen-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Dum Dums are OU kosher certified, gluten-free, and marketed as free from common top allergens; always check current packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Dum Dums","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899233661240,"sku":"B07N8C3JC2","price":428.57,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/dum-dums-front-box-view.jpg?v=1788377163"},{"product_id":"wrigleys-extra-pink-lemonade-sugar-free-chewing-gum-bulk-150-sticks-10-15-packs-long-lasting-flavor","title":"WRIGLEY'S EXTRA Pink Lemonade Sugar-Free Chewing Gum — Bulk 150 Sticks, 10×15 Packs, Long-Lasting Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eWRIGLEY'S EXTRA Pink Lemonade Sugar Free Chewing Gum is a limited-edition, sweet-and-tart pink lemonade flavored gum sold in a bulk pack of 150 sticks for sharing and long-lasting flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk bundle brings ten 15-stick packs of EXTRA Pink Lemonade gum to your pantry, desk drawer, or glove compartment — perfect for everyday refreshment, group handouts, or keeping a steady supply at home. Each stick delivers the bright citrusy zip of pink lemonade without sugar, making it a convenient on-the-go chew for anyone who enjoys fruity, tangy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this gum taste like and how long does the flavor last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor blends sweet and tart notes to mimic classic pink lemonade with an initial bright citrus burst that mellows to a sweeter finish. EXTRA is known for extended flavor release compared with many conventional gums, letting you enjoy the lemonade profile for multiple chews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet-and-tart pink lemonade flavor profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated for prolonged taste release\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar free, using sweeteners to preserve flavor without added sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the product packaged and what’s included in the bulk pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack contains ten separate 15-stick retail packs, totaling 150 sticks, so it’s easy to share or distribute. Each mini pack fits in pockets, purses, lunchboxes, or car consoles and keeps sticks fresh until you’re ready to open them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen 15-stick individual packs (150 sticks total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact retail wrappers for grab-and-go convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulky quantity suitable for events, offices, and frequent chewers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this gum sugar free and suitable for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, EXTRA Pink Lemonade is sugar free, designed to deliver citrus fruit flavor without added sugar. While it’s convenient for daily chewing and sharing, always follow personal dietary considerations and consult ingredient lists if you have specific restrictions or allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with sugar substitutes rather than cane sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntended for routine, casual chewing and social sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual packs help control portions and freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow might I use this gum in daily life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarry individual packs for mid-day refreshment, keep a stash in your car for long drives, or place a few packs at a checkout counter or reception area to offer to guests. The fruity pink lemonade flavor makes it a friendly, easy way to share a small treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand out sticks to coworkers, classmates, or friends\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStash packs in bags, desks, and glove compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep several packs on hand for parties, meetings, or travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This bulk 150-stick pack of WRIGLEY'S EXTRA Pink Lemonade Sugar Free Chewing Gum is ideal for anyone who likes fruity, tangy gum without sugar — from busy professionals and students to hosts, event planners, and snack-stockers. If you want convenient, individually wrapped portions for sharing and long-lasting pink lemonade flavor, this limited-edition EXTRA pack gives you a generous supply to enjoy and distribute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSORBITOL, GUM BASE, GLYCEROL, HYDROGENTATED STARCH HYDROLYSATE; LESS THAN 2% OF: NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, ASPARTAME, MALIC ACID, SOY LECITHIN, MANNITOL, CITRIC ACID, ACESULFAME K, BHT (TO MAINTAIN FRESHNESS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sticks come in this WRIGLEY'S EXTRA bulk pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bulk pack includes ten 15-stick packs for a total of 150 sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is EXTRA Pink Lemonade gum sugar free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this limited-edition Pink Lemonade gum is sugar free and sweetened with sugar substitutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"WRIGLEY'S EXTRA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52903888159032,"sku":"B0BS1XTLPS","price":60.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/wrigleys-extra-pink-lemonade-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788445247"},{"product_id":"like-air-drizzled-rice-cakes-variety-pack-10-ct-4-dessert-flavors-90-calorie-snack","title":"Like Air Drizzled Rice Cakes Variety Pack (10 ct) - 4 Dessert Flavors, 90-Calorie Snack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLike Air Drizzled Rice Cakes Variety Pack is a 10-count assortment of bite-sized, lightly drizzled rice cakes in four dessert-inspired flavors for a lower-calorie sweet snack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese mini rice cakes deliver the crunch of puffed rice with a thin frosting drizzle that adds dessert-like flavor without heavy calories. Each 0.74 oz bag is portioned for convenience, making them simple to tuck into a tote, lunchbox, or desk drawer for an anytime treat. The pack blends four distinct flavors—Birthday Cake, Cookie Dough, Cinnamon Bun, and Brownie—so you can rotate tastes across the week or share favorites with friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these rice cakes satisfy a sweet craving without excess calories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike Air rice cakes focus on light texture and a modest drizzle rather than dense fillings or thick coatings. Each individually wrapped 90-calorie bag offers a controlled portion that tastes indulgent but keeps calorie counts low compared to typical bakery treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e90 calories per 0.74 oz bag for predictable portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin frosting drizzle for flavor without heavy fats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMini, crunchy pieces that mimic dessert textures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour flavor options to prevent palate fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and allergen safeguards should I know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe uses a short list of base ingredients like medium-grain rice meal, avocado oil, and whole quinoa, keeping the profile simple and grain-forward. These are produced in a nut-free facility and free from the top nine major allergens, lowering cross-contact risks for many shoppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary grains: medium-grain rice meal and whole quinoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvocado oil as the primary added fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in a nut-free facility to minimize cross-contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and Kosher certified options noted on packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the four flavors differ and when should I choose each?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flavor channels a classic dessert profile with a light coating to evoke the treat without full indulgence. Birthday Cake feels bright and sweet, Cookie Dough offers a richer, nostalgic note, Cinnamon Bun brings warm spice, and Brownie delivers a cocoa-forward bite—choose based on your mood or pair with coffee or tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBirthday Cake: sweet, festive notes for celebratory snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCookie Dough: richer, dough-like flavor for comfort cravings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon Bun: warm spice that pairs well with morning drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrownie: cocoa-forward option for chocolate lovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow portable and convenient is this variety pack for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10-count pack is built around grab-and-go convenience—each small bag fits easily into lunchboxes, backpacks, or gym totes. Because the servings are pre-portioned, they simplify portion control and make it easy to distribute flavors across a week or share with others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen single-serve 0.74 oz bags for portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable outer packaging is not required—individual bags keep snacks fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for lunchboxes, travel, office drawers, and on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to share or ration flavors across multiple days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Like Air Drizzled Rice Cakes suit anyone seeking a lighter, dessert-inspired snack that is easy to carry and free from common allergens. They’re a good match for people who want portion-controlled sweet options, parents packing lunchboxes, commuters needing a compact treat, and shoppers who prefer gluten-free, Kosher, and nut-free manufacture. These rice cakes offer a balance of playful flavors and pragmatic packaging without promising medical benefits—just a tasty, convenient snack solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Grain Rice Meal, Sugar, Avocado Oil, Corn Meal, Palm Kernel Oil, Whole Quinoa, Salt, Palm Oil, Natural Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these rice cakes vegan and nut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Like Air Drizzled Rice Cakes are vegan and made in a nut-free facility, free from the top nine major allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in each bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each individual 0.74 oz bag contains about 90 calories, ideal for portioned snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Like Air","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52903925023032,"sku":"B0H1SXNCFK","price":71.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/like-air-front-packaging-variety-pack.jpg?v=1788445436"},{"product_id":"like-air-drizzled-rice-cakes-birthday-cake-snack-box-10ct-individually-packaged-nut-free-90-cal","title":"Like Air Drizzled Rice Cakes — Birthday Cake Snack Box (10ct), Individually Packaged \u0026 Nut‑Free 90 Cal","description":"\u003cb\u003eLike Air Drizzled Rice Cakes — Birthday Cake Snack Box is a pack of ten bite-sized, vanilla birthday cake–inspired rice cake snacks lightly drizzled with frosting and sprinkles.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\nThese mini rice cakes deliver a playful sweet flavor with simple, recognizable ingredients like medium grain rice meal, avocado oil and whole quinoa. Each 0.74 oz bag is individually portioned for grab-and-go convenience, made in a nut-free facility and free from the top nine allergens. That makes this snack box suitable for shared spaces like offices, school lunchboxes and pantry rotation when you want a low-calorie treat without the fuss of measuring or packaging.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these rice cakes taste like birthday cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor profile combines a vanilla cake base with a light drizzle of sweet icing and colorful sprinkles to recreate a familiar celebratory taste. The coating is applied sparingly so the rice cake’s crisp texture remains the star while delivering just enough sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVanilla-flavored coating with a sweet frosting drizzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVisible festive sprinkles for visual and textural contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight application keeps the snack airy rather than dense\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient are the individual snack bags for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach snack box contains ten single-serve 0.74 oz bags, designed for easy portion control and portability. At approximately 90 calories per bag, they fit well into packed lunches, work-day snack rotations and travel kits without weighing you down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen individually sealed pouches for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits lunch boxes, purses, backpacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent serving size supports portion-aware snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these rice cakes suitable for people with food allergies or dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike Air Drizzled Rice Cakes are produced in a nut-free facility and are free from the top nine major allergens, making them a safer snack option for many allergy-sensitive environments. They are also gluten-free and Kosher certified, offering broad compatibility with common dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in a nut-free facility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from the top nine allergens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow light are these snacks—do they still satisfy a sweet craving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThough low in calories and lightly sweetened, these mini rice cakes are designed to deliver a satisfying sweet hit thanks to the frosting drizzle and sprinkles. They offer a balance of crunchy texture and sweet flavor that can curb a dessert craving without a heavy calorie load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly 90 calories per individual bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-sugar formulation compared to many candy-style treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrisp, airy texture that feels indulgent despite being light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for? These snack packs suit anyone seeking a convenient, portion-controlled sweet treat that’s friendly to common allergens and dietary restrictions. They’re ideal for parents packing school snacks, adults who want a low-calorie office pick-me-up, and anyone looking to add a fun, shareable item to a party spread without introducing nuts or major allergens. If you want a playful birthday cake flavor in a tidy, portable format, this 10-count box offers an easy solution.\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Grain Rice Meal, Sugar, Avocado Oil, Corn Meal, Palm Kernel Oil, Whole Quinoa, Salt, Palm Oil, Natural Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in each bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 0.74 oz individual bag contains about 90 calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these rice cakes made in a nut-free facility?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Like Air Drizzled Rice Cakes are produced in a nut-free facility and free from the top nine allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Like Air","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52903926956344,"sku":"B0H1SN3X6R","price":71.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/like-air-birthday-cake-box-front.jpg?v=1788445458"},{"product_id":"wrigleys-skittles-starburst-fun-size-chewy-candy-variety-bulk-bag-32-28-oz-individually-wrapped-party-mix","title":"Wrigley's Skittles \u0026 Starburst Fun Size Chewy Candy Variety Bulk Bag, 32.28 oz — Individually Wrapped Party Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrigley's Skittles and Starburst Fun Size Variety is a 32.28-ounce bulk bag of individually wrapped fruity chewy candies that combines SKITTLES Original, SKITTLES Wild Berry, STARBURST Original and STARBURST FaveReds for easy sharing and party-ready treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis assorted candy variety bulk bag delivers more than two pounds of familiar fruity flavors in fun size portions, all wrapped individually for freshness and simple portion control. Whether you’re stocking a candy bowl, assembling goodie bags, filling a piñata, or planning handouts for trick-or-treaters, this mix brings bright colors and classic tastes in one convenient package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this variety pack make party prep faster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the candies are fun-size and individually wrapped, they’re ready to distribute without additional packaging or measuring. The two-brand mix means you can satisfy fans of both chewy Starburst and fruit-flavored Skittles with one purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOver 32 ounces of pre-portioned pieces for quick assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping keeps pieces separate and hygienic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA mix of flavors reduces the need to buy multiple bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and combinations are included in the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk assortment contains the iconic SKITTLES Original and SKITTLES Wild Berry alongside STARBURST Original and STARBURST FaveReds, offering a balance of tangy, sweet and berry-forward profiles. Each brand contributes its signature texture: coated, slightly crunchy Skittles and soft, chewy Starburst squares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSKITTLES Original: classic citrus and berry fruit flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSKITTLES Wild Berry: mixed berry varieties for bolder fruit notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSTARBURST Original: assorted fruit chews with soft, chewy texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSTARBURST FaveReds: concentrated red fruit flavors for fans of strawberry and cherry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this bulk candy suitable for holidays and seasonal events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the colorful mix and individually wrapped pieces make it ideal for Halloween, Easter baskets, birthday celebrations and seasonal gifting. The generous 32.28-ounce size helps you cover multiple events or refill candy stations without repeated shopping trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for trick-or-treat handouts and Halloween bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for piñatas, classroom parties, or workplace candy jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for event planners needing economy-sized candy options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these candies to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bulk bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Since pieces are individually wrapped, opened portions stay protected; reseal the bag between uses to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in pantry or cupboard at room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high humidity or heat sources that can soften chews\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight container for long-term storage after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Wrigley's variety bulk bag suits hosts, teachers, event coordinators and anyone who needs a budget-friendly, crowd-pleasing candy assortment. It’s aimed at people seeking a mix of well-known fruit-flavored chews and coated candies in easy-to-distribute fun sizes — ideal for holiday seasons, parties, and everyday snack bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTARBURST® FAVE REDS FRUIT CHEWS INGREDIENTS: SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, HYDROGENATED PALM KERNEL OIL; LESS THAN 2% OF: CITRIC ACID, TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, GELATIN, APPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLORS (RED 40, BLUE 1). SKITTLES® WILD BERRY BITE SIZED CANDIES INGREDIENTS: SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, HYDROGENATED PALM KERNEL OIL; LESS THAN 2% OF: CITRIC ACID, TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, SODIUM CITRATE, COLORS (RED 40 LAKE, BLUE 2 LAKE, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BLUE 1 LAKE, TITANIUM DIOXIDE, YELLOW 6, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1), CARNAUBA WAX. STARBURST® ORIGINAL FRUIT CHEWS INGREDIENTS: SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, HYDROGENATED PALM KERNEL OIL; LESS THAN 2% OF: CITRIC ACID, TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, GELATIN, APPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLORS (RED 40, YELLOW 5, YELLOW 6, BLUE 1). SKITTLES® ORIGINAL BITE SIZED CANDIES INGREDIENTS: SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, HYDROGENATED PALM KERNEL OIL; LESS THAN 2% OF: CITRIC ACID, TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLORS (RED 40 LAKE, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BLUE 2 LAKE, YELLOW 6 LAKE, TITANIUM DIOXIDE, BLUE 1 LAKE, YELLOW 6, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1), SODIUM CITRATE, CARNAUBA WAX.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces are in this Wrigley's bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bulk variety bag contains 32.28 ounces of individually wrapped candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the pieces individually wrapped for sharing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each Skittles and Starburst fun-size piece is individually wrapped for easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Wrigley's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52903931740472,"sku":"B0CQTPXMGJ","price":57.02,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/wrigleys-variety-bulk-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788445483"},{"product_id":"ccs-sweets-snacks-werthers-original-hard-caramel-candy-39-75-oz-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-reusable-bag-clip","title":"CC's Sweets \u0026 Snacks Werther's Original Hard Caramel Candy 39.75 oz Bulk Bag — Individually Wrapped, Reusable Bag Clip","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWerther's Original Hard Caramel Candy 39.75oz bulk bag is a value-packed collection of individually wrapped, classic caramel candies that arrives with a CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks bag clip to keep flavors fresh.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a nostalgic caramel treat in a large-format bag designed for sharing, office bowls, parties, or long-term pantry storage. This 39.75-ounce bag contains individually wrapped Werther's Original hard caramels, giving you the convenience of single portions and the timeless, buttery-sweet taste the brand is known for. CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks curates and inspects each pack and includes a branded bag clip to help maintain freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bulk pack different from a regular candy bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk format focuses on quantity and convenience: more candies per purchase and individually wrapped pieces for hygiene and portion control. The inclusion of a CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks bag clip adds a practical seal to the opened bag, extending shelf life and keeping candies from spilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e39.75 oz total weight — ideal for high-traffic locations or group events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach candy individually wrapped for one-at-a-time enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes a reusable CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks bag clip for resealing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand-picked and curated packaging by CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks for quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these caramels to preserve flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources; heat can soften or melt hard caramels. After opening, use the included CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks bag clip to keep air out, or transfer candies to an airtight container to maintain crunch and prevent moisture absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in pantry or cupboard at room temperature (away from heat)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the bag clip immediately after opening for a tighter seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor longer storage, place in an airtight container or zip-top bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid refrigeration, which can introduce moisture and alter texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for sharing at events, offices, or retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the large quantity and individual wrappers make this bag practical for public settings where cleanliness matters. Whether you’re filling a candy jar, creating a party favor mix, or topping a checkout counter display, you get convenience, recognizable flavor, and a professional look supported by CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces reduce direct handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 39.75 oz supply reduces need for frequent restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in candy dishes, event favors, or office bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks bag clip helps maintain presentation after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat portion and serving options work best with this size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack is designed for flexible serving: offer single pieces as small treats, combine with other sweets for variety bowls, or use measured portions for party favors. Its weight and unit wrapping allow easy counting and distribution without worrying about cross-contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand out one or two candies as a small treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill favor bags or small tins for events (estimate servings accordingly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with other candies in a mixed bowl for varied offerings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in office or retail settings where customers take individual pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This Werther's Original 39.75oz bulk bag is for candy lovers who want classic caramel flavor in a generous quantity — perfect for host\/hostess supplies, office candy stations, party planners, small retailers, or anyone who prefers individually wrapped pieces for hygiene and easy distribution. CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks provides an inspected, curated pack and a handy bag clip to keep the candies fresh and ready to enjoy over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in the 39.75oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Exact count varies by candy size; the bag weighs 39.75 ounces and contains many individually wrapped Werther's Original pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the pack include anything besides candy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it includes a CC's Sweets \u0026amp; Snacks branded bag clip to help reseal and protect freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"CC's Sweets \u0026 Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52903961428280,"sku":"B0BNNWP3HS","price":72.12,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/ccs-sweets-werthers-bulk-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788445546"},{"product_id":"sour-punch-sour-candy-twists-6-inch-individually-wrapped-3-9-lb-tub-4-fruity-flavors-tangy-sour-sugar","title":"Sour Punch Sour Candy Twists 6-inch, Individually Wrapped 3.9 lb Tub — 4 Fruity Flavors, Tangy Sour Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSour Punch Twists are soft, six-inch chewy ropes coated in tangy sour sugar, offered in a 3.9-pound tub with individually wrapped pieces in four fruity flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by Sour Punch from the American Licorice Company tradition, these classic sour ropes combine a bright sour sugar coating with sweet fruit centers for a punchy flavor contrast. The tub holds individually wrapped, six-inch twists in blue raspberry, cherry, strawberry and apple — a convenient option for sharing, gifting, or keeping a ready stash for snacking. They’re low in fat, low sodium and Kosher-certified, and the individual wrappers help maintain freshness and make portioning simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these sour twists different from other gummy or rope candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese twists stand out because of their distinct sour sugar exterior paired with a chewy, fruit-flavored interior that stretches and softens as you eat. The six-inch length gives a satisfying bite-and-savor experience rather than a quick chew, and individual wrapping preserves flavor until you’re ready to enjoy each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSignature coarse sour sugar coating for an immediate tangy hit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong 6\" twist format for a longer chew and shareable portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour clear fruit flavors: blue raspberry, cherry, strawberry, apple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to keep pieces fresh and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is the 3.9-pound tub for events or everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tub is sized for frequent sharing and repeated use — ideal for parties, office bowls, or keeping in a pantry for family snacking. Because each twist is wrapped, it’s easy to hand out single pieces hygienically and refill candy dishes without handling every item directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge-capacity 3.9 lb tub holds many individually wrapped twists\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable container-style tub for tidy storage between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for trick-or-treating, party favors, or classroom rewards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood pick for gifting: easy to drop into care packages or gift baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these twists suitable for special diets or shared spaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile not calorie- or sugar-free, the twists are low in fat and low sodium, and they carry Kosher certification. The individual wrapping also reduces cross-contamination risk in shared settings and makes it simpler to manage portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow fat and low sodium nutrition profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified for dietary observance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to limit direct contact and maintain hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot marketed as allergen-free; check ingredient panel for specifics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the twists stay fresh, and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStored in their sealed tub and kept in a cool, dry place, individually wrapped twists keep well for months; the wrappers preserve texture and flavor better than unwrapped candies. Avoid high heat or humidity to prevent stickiness and clumping of the sour sugar coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep tub sealed between uses to retain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from direct sunlight and heat sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid humid locations to prevent sugar clumping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle wrappers extend shelf life compared with loose candies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Sour Punch Twists suit anyone who enjoys bold sweet-and-sour candy with a chewy texture — from party hosts and teachers handing out treats to road-trippers, candy-lovers assembling gift baskets, or anyone who prefers individually wrapped pieces for convenience and hygiene. They’re a practical, flavor-forward choice for households, events, and workplaces that want a colorful, long-lasting sour candy option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINGRIENTS: CORN SYRUP, WHEAT FLOUR, HIGH FRUCTOSE CORN SYRUP, SUGAR, CITRIC ACID, MALIC ACID, TARTARIC ACID, GLYCERYL MONOSTEARATE, GLYCERIN, ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLORS ADDED BLUE 1, RED 40, AND YELLOW 5 (TARTRAZINE).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many twists are in the 3.9-pound tub?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Quantities vary by piece weight, but the 3.9 lb tub contains many individually wrapped 6\" twists ideal for sharing and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the Sour Punch Twists gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label for gluten information; the listing highlights low fat, low sodium and Kosher certification but not guaranteed gluten-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sour Punch","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52903962214712,"sku":"B0F741VNLZ","price":72.56,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/sour-punch-3.9lb-tub-front.jpg?v=1788445566"},{"product_id":"bear-real-fruit-snack-splits-variety-pack-20-count-apple-strawberry-raspberry-pineapple-gluten-free-vegan-no-added-sugar","title":"BEAR Real Fruit Snack Splits Variety Pack – 20 Count (Apple\/Strawberry \u0026 Raspberry\/Pineapple), Gluten-Free Vegan No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBEAR Real Fruit Snack Splits are bite-sized, baked fruit sticks made from 100% whole fruit with no added sugar, offering a portable, gluten-free and vegan snack in a 20-count variety pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBEAR’s Real Fruit Snack Splits bring simple, recognizable ingredients to school lunches, backpacks, and pantry shelves. Each 0.7-ounce pack contains a single-flavor fruit stick—Apple\/Strawberry or Raspberry\/Pineapple—baked at low temperatures to preserve natural flavor and fiber. The packs are non-GMO, gluten free, vegan, and arrive with a collectible card to add playful value for kids and families.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly is inside each BEAR Real Fruit Snack Splits pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery individual pouch contains one fruit-based stick made entirely from concentrated whole fruit puree and nothing else—no added sugars, no artificial colors, and no preservatives. The texture is chewy and naturally sweet from the fruit concentrate, with fiber retained from the original fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo flavors in the variety pack: Apple\/Strawberry and Raspberry\/Pineapple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-ingredient formulation: whole fruit only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-temperature baking to keep natural taste and fiber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0.7-ounce portions suitable for lunchboxes or snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these fruit sticks fit into a busy day or lunchbox?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact packs are designed for grab-and-go convenience—easy to tuck into lunchboxes, backpacks, or gym bags. Their small, single-serving size helps with portion control while still delivering a satisfying, sweet fruit flavor that kids and adults enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for freshness and portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0.7-ounce size makes them school-friendly and travel-ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCollectible card included to make lunches more fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable and easy to store without refrigeration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these snacks suitable for special diets or allergy-conscious families?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—BEAR Real Fruit Snack Splits are vegan, gluten free, and made without genetically modified ingredients. Because they contain only fruit, they avoid common allergens associated with dairy, eggs, and nuts, but always check packaging for any manufacturing statements if severe allergies are a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten free and vegan-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugars or artificial additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients; simple ingredient list.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for dairy- and egg-free snack plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and store these fruit snack sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore packs in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to keep them fresh. They don’t require refrigeration—open a pack when you need a quick, fruit-forward treat for kids or adults, and seal any multi-pack storage securely to maintain flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in pantry or lunchbox—no fridge needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest consumed by the printed date for optimal texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as an on-the-go snack, school treat, or hiking nibble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss packs into gift baskets, snack drawers, or party favor bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Families, teachers, caregivers, and anyone seeking a straightforward fruit-based snack without added sugar or artificial ingredients. BEAR Real Fruit Snack Splits suit busy parents packing lunches, adults wanting a portion-controlled fruity treat, and people following vegan or gluten-free diets. If you prefer snacks made from whole-food components and value simple labeling, this 20-pack variety of Apple\/Strawberry and Raspberry\/Pineapple offers convenient, naturally sweet options for everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApples, Pears, Strawberries, Pineapple, Raspberries, Black Carrot Juice (Color)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do BEAR Real Fruit Snack Splits contain added sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. They are made from 100% whole fruit with no added sugars or sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these snacks suitable for school lunches?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They are individually wrapped, shelf-stable, gluten free, and kid-friendly for lunchboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"BEAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904022671672,"sku":"B0FKQK5XNN","price":62.69,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/bear-front-packaging-variety-pack.jpg?v=1788446155"},{"product_id":"perfect-bar-chocolate-mint-protein-bar-7-count-20g-protein-grass-fed-whey-prebiotics","title":"Perfect Bar Chocolate Mint Protein Bar, 7-Count — 20g Protein, Grass‑Fed Whey \u0026 Prebiotics","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Bar Protein + Prebiotics Chocolate Mint is a refrigerated, 20-gram protein bar made with grass-fed whey, 3 g prebiotic fiber, and a chocolate-mint peanut butter flavor for a convenient, clean-ingredient snack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis seven-count pack delivers a soft-crisp bar that pairs dark chocolate and cool mint with freshly ground peanut butter, offering 20 g of protein and 6 g of total fiber per serving. Formulated with grass-fed whey and sweetened with organic honey, the bar is gluten-free, non-GMO, kosher, and free from artificial flavors, colors, preservatives, and sugar alcohols. It’s designed to be kept refrigerated for optimal texture but can travel unrefrigerated for up to seven days when you’re commuting or on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much protein and fiber are in each bar, and where does the protein come from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bar contains 20 grams of protein, predominantly sourced from grass-fed whey to support daily protein goals. You’ll also find 6 grams of total fiber, including 3 grams of prebiotic fiber, to complement digestion-supporting habits without being a substitute for medical advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 g protein per bar, primarily grass-fed whey\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6 g total fiber, with 3 g prebiotic fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened naturally with organic honey (no sugar alcohols)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, non-GMO, kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the texture and flavor profile feel like during eating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bar blends a soft, creamy center with crispy elements for a satisfying bite that isn’t overly chewy. Expect a layered taste: cool mint, rich dark chocolate notes, and roasted peanut butter that comes through in every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft-creamy interior with crispy bits for contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinct chocolate-mint and peanut butter flavor combination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors or colors to alter taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for immediate enjoyment or chilled for firmer texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these bars and how long can they be out of the fridge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the freshest texture and flavor, store the bars refrigerated as recommended on the packaging. They are shelf-stable for short stretches—up to seven days unrefrigerated—making them convenient for travel, commutes, or packed lunches, and they can be re-refrigerated if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep refrigerated for best taste and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe to enjoy unrefrigerated up to 7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate again if not finished while traveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for office fridges, gym bags, and class days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any dietary considerations or key ingredient highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula emphasizes clean, recognizable components and avoids many common additives, but it does contain dairy from grass-fed whey. It’s free from gluten and genetically modified ingredients, and includes a mix of over 20 superfoods such as kale, flaxseed, and spinach for added nutrient variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains milk-derived grass-fed whey (not vegan)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree of gluten, GMOs, and sugar alcohols\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOver 20 superfoods blended into the recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with organic honey; no artificial preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Perfect Bar Protein + Prebiotics Chocolate Mint suits busy adults, gym-goers, and students who want a high-protein, clean-ingredient snack that travels well. Choose this seven-count pack if you need grab-and-go protein with added prebiotic fiber, enjoy chocolate-mint and peanut butter flavors, and prefer refrigerated bars you can stash in an office fridge, gym bag, or cooler for predictable taste and texture throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeanut Butter*, Honey*, Whey Protein Isolate (From Milk), Peanut Flour*, Peanut Oil*, Chicory Root Fiber, Hydrolyzed Pea Protein Concentrate*, Cocoa Butter*, Crisp Quinoa, Dark Chocolate* (Chocolate*† , Sugar*† , Cocoa Butter*† ), Cocoa*, Rice Protein Concentrate*, Coconut Oil*, Cocoa Extract*, Vanilla Extract*, Dried Whole Food Powders (Kale*, Flax Seed*, Rose Hip*, Orange*, Lemon*, Papaya*, Tomato*, Apple*, Alfalfa*, Celery*, Kelp*, Dulse*, Carrot*, Spinach*), Dried Whole Egg Powder*, Salt, Flax Seed Oil*, Sesame Seed Oil*, Olive Oil*, Pumpkin Seed Oil* Peppermint Oil. *Organic † Fair Trade Ingredient. ALLERGENWARNING: CONTAINS: PEANUT, MILK, EGG, AND SESAME. PRODUCED ON EQUIPMENT ALSO HANDLING TREE NUTS. MAY CONTAIN OCCASIONAL NUT SHELLS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these bars be eaten unrefrigerated?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — they can be out of the fridge for up to seven days, then re-refrigerated if not finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the protein source dairy-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the protein comes primarily from grass-fed whey, so these bars are not dairy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Perfect Bar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904047542584,"sku":"B0GSS3574T","price":66.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/perfect-bar-chocolate-mint-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788446652"},{"product_id":"sweetside-candy-co-cherry-gummy-hearts-candy-2-pack-7-1-oz-each-soft-chewy-valentine-s-treat","title":"SWEETSIDE CANDY CO. Cherry Gummy Hearts Candy — 2-Pack (7.1 oz each), Soft Chewy Valentine’s Treat","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSweetSide Candy Co.'s Cherry Gummy Hearts are soft, heart-shaped cherry-flavored gummies sold as a convenient two-pack of 7.1 oz bags, made for sharing and seasonal gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a playful, fruity twist to Valentine's Day or any celebration with these bright red cherry gummy hearts from SWEETSIDE CANDY CO. Each 7.1 oz pouch holds chewy, heart-shaped candies inspired by classic twist-style treats. The two-pack format makes it simple to place one bag out for a candy bowl and keep an extra bag for gift bags, classroom handouts, or later snacking. The bright color and familiar cherry taste deliver a nostalgic, crowd-pleasing option for events, parties, and everyday sweet cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these Cherry Gummy Hearts taste and feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese heart gummies have a bold cherry flavor with a soft, springy chew that recalls traditional twist-heart textures without being sticky. They balance sweet fruit notes with a tender gummy center for an easy-to-eat treat that appeals to kids and adults alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePronounced cherry flavor, not overly tart\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, consistent chew that holds its heart shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright red color for festive presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-sticky surface for easy sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these gummies for Valentine’s Day or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two 7.1 oz packs are sized for flexible use: distribute in classroom treat swaps, fill party favor bags, or arrange on a candy buffet. Their heart shape and rich color make them an instant decorative element—no extra wrapping needed unless you want custom gift packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for classroom valentines and party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy bowls, dessert tables, and buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into individual goodie bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful garnish for desserts or charcuterie-style candy boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do the packs contain and are they convenient for bulk gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit ships as two individual 7.1 oz resealable-style packs, giving you roughly 14.2 oz total of gummy hearts per purchase. That quantity is useful for small to medium-sized events and for gifting multiple people without buying industrial bulk quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo 7.1 oz bags per set for sharing or separate uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable pouches ideal for transport and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnough candy for multiple small gift bags or a medium candy bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood balance of value and portion control for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for everyday snacking or only seasonal use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile they’re dressed up for Valentine’s Day with heart shapes and vivid red coloring, the cherry gummy flavor makes them well suited to year-round enjoyment. Keep a bag for quick snacks at home, in the office, or as an easy treat for kids’ lunchboxes or reward jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasonal look with everyday-friendly flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packs for on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple to portion for moderation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks equally well for parties and casual treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Cherry Gummy Hearts are ideal for anyone planning Valentine’s Day events, teachers prepping classroom treats, hosts arranging candy buffets, or shoppers who enjoy nostalgic cherry-flavored gummies. They suit families, party planners, office coordinators, and snack lovers who want a festive, easy-to-share candy option without committing to very large bulk boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ecorn syrup, enriched wheat flour, sugar, and 2% or less of palm oil, glyceryl monostearate, salt, cornstarch, glycerin, natural and artificial flavors, citric acid, mineral oil, Red 40, and carnauba wax\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many grams are in each pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bag is 7.1 oz (about 201 grams), and the set includes two bags for roughly 14.2 oz total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these individually wrapped inside the bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the hearts are loose inside each 7.1 oz pouch, designed for scooping into portions or favor bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SWEETSIDE CANDY CO.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904063598904,"sku":"B0GF4GSQW6","price":66.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/sweetside-cherry-gummy-hearts-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447136"},{"product_id":"pisoka-assorted-candy-bag-2-pound-bulk-mix-individually-wrapped-sour-chewy-fruity-treats-resealable","title":"Pisoka Assorted Candy Bag 2 Pound Bulk Mix — Individually Wrapped Sour, Chewy \u0026 Fruity Treats, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePisoka's Assorted Candy Bag is a 2-pound bulk mix of individually wrapped sour, chewy, fruity, and sweet candies engineered for sharing, gifting, and everyday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis large assorted candy pack brings together a variety of textures and flavors in one resealable bag so you can keep a bowl full, stuff party favor bags, or add a sweet finishing touch to gift baskets. Every piece is individually wrapped to preserve freshness and make distribution hygienic and hassle-free. The mix balances tart and sweet options, chewy bites and gummies, and nostalgic classics so each handful is a little surprise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kinds of candy are inside and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag includes a curated selection of sour candies, fruity chews, gummy favorites, and classic sweet pieces to cover a broad taste profile. Selections are rotated to keep variety, so you’ll find both intense sour options and milder, sweet treats in the same pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped sour candies for a bright, tangy kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft fruity chews for longer-lasting flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGel-style gummies for playful shapes and textures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic hard and soft sweets for balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep candy fresh and convenient?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece is sealed in its own wrapper to maintain freshness and prevent candies from sticking together in bulk. The larger outer bag keeps pieces contained and easy to store between uses, and individual wrapping makes it simple to hand out at events or put in lunch boxes without extra preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces preserve flavor and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 2-pound bag reduces the need to replenish often\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for parties, office bowls, or gift packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this candy bag suit parties, gifts, or everyday snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the assortment was built for flexibility. It works well as a party centerpiece, a bulk filler for goodie bags, or an everyday treat kept in a kitchen drawer or office candy bowl. Because every piece is wrapped, sharing is tidy and hygienic across settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty-ready: quick to display in bowls or jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift-friendly: mix and match for baskets or sacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnack-stock: convenient for offices, classrooms, and homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much value does the 2-pound pack offer compared to single bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying in bulk gives a cost-effective way to keep a wide variety of candy on hand without purchasing many separate packages. The 2-pound size ensures you have enough pieces for multiple gatherings or consistent pantry supply, making it a practical choice for hosts and frequent snackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity reduces unit cost per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWide variety means fewer extra purchases to satisfy guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore once and portion as needed to avoid waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This Pisoka Assorted Candy Bag is ideal for party planners, teachers creating treat bags, office managers stocking communal bowls, and families who enjoy a rotating mix of flavors. If you want a no-fuss, crowd-pleasing assortment that’s ready to share and simple to portion, this 2-pound bulk mix gives variety, convenience, and value in every handful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSomething for every candy lover – A massive 2 pound bag packed with individually wrapped sour candies, fruity chews, gummy favorites, and classic sweet treats in every handful\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for any get together – Great for birthday parties, summer cookouts, pool parties, office candy bowls, gift baskets, and keeping at home for everyday snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped freshness – Each piece sealed in its own wrapper so the candy stays fresh and is easy to share without any mess\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk value you can taste – 2 pounds of premium mixed candy packed tight delivering maximum variety and value in every single bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes every moment sweeter – Whether you are treating yourself or surprising someone else this colorful candy assortment is always the right call\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the candy individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, every piece in the 2-pound Pisoka bag is individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Serving count varies by piece size, but a 2-pound bag typically serves many guests or lasts several weeks for casual snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pisoka","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904066285880,"sku":"B0GYV33Z8S","price":63.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/pisoka-assorted-candy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447193"},{"product_id":"okida-bulk-chocolate-candy-mix-2-lb-individually-wrapped-fun-size-assortment-with-milk-caramel-peanut-butter","title":"Okida Bulk Chocolate Candy Mix, 2 lb — Individually Wrapped Fun-Size Assortment with Milk, Caramel \u0026 Peanut Butter","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOkida Bulk Chocolate Candy Mix is a 2‑pound sealed bag of individually wrapped fun‑size bars and treats that delivers a ready‑to‑share assortment of milk chocolate, caramel, peanut butter, wafer, and almond favorites.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want an easy, crowd-pleasing way to stock a candy bowl, fill gift bags, or keep snacks on hand for parties and the workplace, this mix removes the need to choose a single flavor. The bag contains a varied selection of individually wrapped pieces so guests can pick their favorites without touching other candies, and the sealed packaging helps keep pieces fresh until opened. It’s aimed at anyone who likes variety and convenience in a chocolate snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat varieties will I find in this chocolate assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend includes several familiar textures and flavors: smooth milk chocolate, creamy peanut butter cups, crunchy wafer bars, chewy caramel centers, and some almond‑accented pieces. That range covers classic chocolate experiences from crisp to gooey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMilk chocolate pieces for straightforward chocolate lovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut butter cups for a sweet‑salty contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWafer bars offering a light, crisp bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel chocolates with soft, chewy centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOccasional almond pieces for a nutty alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this bulk mix packaged and stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll pieces are individually wrapped inside a single sealed bag, simplifying distribution and keeping each treat protected from air and handling until you open it. The resealable nature of the outer bag (if provided) helps maintain freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e32 ounces (2 lb) total weight in one bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach piece individually wrapped for hygiene and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed packaging designed for short‑term freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits most from buying this candy mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack suits hosts, office managers, teachers, and anyone organizing events or creating grab‑and‑go treat options. It’s also practical for families who want variety without buying multiple full‑size bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice candy bowls and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favor bags and event candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTeachers and classroom rewards (check school allergy policies)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnack stash for road trips or movie nights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you need a straightforward, variety‑packed chocolate supply for sharing, gifting, or casual snacking, the Okida Bulk Chocolate Candy Mix offers a convenient, low‑effort solution. It’s ideal when you want multiple flavor choices in one purchase without committing to single full‑size brands. Keep the bag on hand when hosting, packing favors, or topping up workplace treats — the individually wrapped pieces make serving neat and customizable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece count varies by size and mix; the bag totals 32 ounces of individually wrapped pieces rather than a fixed number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the mix suitable for parties and gift bags?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Individually wrapped fun‑size pieces are convenient for party favors, gift bags, and communal candy bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Okida","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904067793208,"sku":"B0GYTN7H1F","price":65.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/okida-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447238"},{"product_id":"pisoka-variety-chocolate-pack-2-lb-assorted-fun-size-milk-chocolate-caramel-peanut-butter-treats-individually-wrapped","title":"Pisoka Variety Chocolate Pack – 2 lb Assorted Fun-Size Milk Chocolate, Caramel \u0026 Peanut Butter Treats, Individually Wrapped","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePisoka Variety Chocolate Pack is a 2-pound bulk assortment of individually wrapped fun-size chocolate bars, peanut butter cups, wafer bars, and caramel treats designed for sharing, gifting, and everyday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mixed chocolate bag gathers an assortment of milk chocolate favorites into one convenient 2 lb pouch, so you can stock candy bowls, assemble gift bags, or keep a steady supply of sweet treats at home. Every piece is individually wrapped to preserve freshness and make serving simple and mess-free. The selection is curated to deliver variety in flavor and texture—creamy milk chocolate, crunchy wafers, smooth caramel, and peanut butter centers—without needing to buy multiple single-flavor packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of chocolates are included and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack contains an assortment of fun-size chocolate bars and treats that span classic favorites. You’ll find milk chocolate bars, caramel-filled pieces, peanut butter cups, and wafer-style bars, offering a balanced mix of creamy, chewy, and crunchy textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMilk chocolate minis for a smooth, familiar taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel-filled pieces with soft, chewy centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut butter cups providing salty-sweet contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWafer bars adding a light, crisp texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the individually wrapped packaging benefit events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach treat is sealed in its own wrapper to keep flavors fresh, simplify portion control, and make distribution hygienic. Individually wrapped pieces are ideal for high-traffic settings where guests help themselves and for slipping into gift bags or care packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to hand out at parties and workplace candy bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for assembling party favors and gift baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces cross-contamination and simplifies storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for on-the-go snacking without sticky hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings are in a 2-pound bag and is it good value?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 2 lb assortment contains dozens of fun-size pieces, making it economical for sharing across groups. Because the bag is densely packed, it offers more individual treats per dollar than multiple single-flavor packages, making it a smart buy for events or long-term pantry stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGenerous count of individually wrapped pieces for large groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk format saves money compared with buying many small packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDense packaging minimizes empty space and maximizes value\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible use—hand out individually or use as a refill for candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store this chocolate to maintain flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight and strong odors to preserve taste and appearance. Because pieces are individually wrapped, short-term room-temperature storage is fine; for longer storage, place the sealed bag in a cool pantry or refrigerator to prevent melting in warm climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature storage in a dry place is typically sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat sources and direct sunlight to prevent melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate for extended storage, but let pieces return to room temperature before eating for best texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from strong-smelling items to avoid flavor transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The Pisoka Variety Chocolate Pack is aimed at anyone who wants a versatile, crowd-pleasing selection of sweets—event planners, office managers, parents organizing parties, teachers preparing classroom treats, and gift-givers assembling holiday or care packages. It’s also ideal for households that enjoy keeping a well-rounded candy bowl available for guests. If you want a straightforward, economical way to supply a lot of different chocolate flavors without buying multiple single-flavor boxes, this 2-pound bag offers variety, convenience, and ready-to-serve presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the pieces individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — every chocolate is individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 2 lb pack suitable for parties?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely — the bulk mix is designed for events, gift bags, and office candy bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pisoka","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904067760440,"sku":"B0GYTPT3NG","price":63.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/pisoka-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447241"},{"product_id":"tundras-special-dark-chocolate-kisses-bulk-200-count-2-lb-purple-foil-resealable-bag","title":"Tundras Special Dark Chocolate Kisses Bulk 200 Count (2 lb) — Purple Foil, Resealable Bag","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eTundras Special Dark Chocolate Kisses are a 2 lb bulk pack of about 200 individually wrapped purple-foil dark chocolates ideal for parties, favors, and candy displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandy, elegant, and richly flavored, this bulk bag delivers a reliable supply of dark chocolate kisses that fit themed events and everyday treats alike. Each kiss keeps its freshness in purple foil so you can portion, decorate, or gift with no extra wrapping. The classic cone shape and smooth texture make these dark chocolates easy to use in candy buffets, gift bags, centerpieces, or a well-stocked office jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these dark chocolate kisses different from regular candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are formulated as special dark chocolate, offering a deeper cocoa profile than typical milk varieties. The individually sealed purple foil protects taste and appearance while making them simple to distribute or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 200 pieces in a 2 lb resealable bag for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive purple foil for coordinated event styling and easy recognition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth texture and classic conical shape for familiar handling and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this bulk pack for events and decorations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack is built for versatility: drop them into favor bags, arrange them on a candy buffet, or weave them into table centerpieces. Their foil color enhances theme palettes from weddings to holiday parties without extra wrapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill favor bags or gift boxes for holidays and celebrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreate colorful candy buffet layers and themed displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlue or pin into centerpiece designs for instant visual impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and keep these chocolates fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the resealable bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors for longest shelf life. Avoid high humidity and temperature swings to preserve texture and prevent bloom on the chocolate surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal bag after each use to maintain freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at a stable room temperature, ideally 60–70°F (15–21°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from scented products and warm kitchen appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for gifting and themed packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the purple foil wrapping offers a polished look straight from the bag, so minimal additional packaging is needed. They’re ideal for last-minute favors, gift-bag fillers, and thoughtful office treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-gift individual pieces save time on assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMatches purple or jewel-toned event palettes for coordinated presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk count provides cost-effective options for large groups and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Tundras Special Dark Chocolate Kisses are designed for event planners, bakers, party hosts, and anyone who wants a steady supply of premium dark chocolate for decorating, gifting, or casual snacking. If you need an attractive, economical bulk chocolate option that looks ready for display and carries a richer cocoa flavor than standard milk candies, this 200-count, 2 lb pack suits weddings, holidays, corporate events, classroom celebrations, and everyday indulgence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag contains approximately 200 individually wrapped dark chocolate kisses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the packaging resealable for freshness?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product comes in a resealable bag to help maintain freshness between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Tundras","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904067891512,"sku":"B0GYTFK3ZH","price":63.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/tundras-special-dark-chocolate-kisses-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447243"},{"product_id":"rotten-sour-gummy-wormz-low-sugar-prebiotic-fiber-candy-2-5-3-oz-6-natural-sour-flavors-4g-fiber","title":"Rotten Sour Gummy Wormz Low-Sugar Prebiotic Fiber Candy, 2×5.3 oz — 6 Natural Sour Flavors, 4g Fiber","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eRotten Sour Gummy Wormz are low-sugar, prebiotic gummy worms that deliver bold sour flavor with natural colors and 4g of prebiotic fiber per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese chewy, sour gummy worms from Rotten are reformulated to deliver candy-level taste while cutting sugar and adding digestive-friendly fiber. Packaged as two 5.3 oz bags, this pair is designed for sharing or keeping one at home and another for on-the-go. The worms come in a mix of six tangy flavors colored with fruit and vegetable extracts rather than artificial dyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these gummy worms lower in sugar but still sweet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRotten replaces a large portion of traditional sugars with low-glycemic sweeteners such as allulose, reducing total sugar by about half versus many standard gummies. The result is a candy that tastes satisfyingly sweet without the same calorie and blood-sugar spike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses natural, low-glycemic sweeteners like allulose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 55% less sugar than many conventional gummies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFewer calories per serving while maintaining sweet flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo high-fructose corn syrup or sugar-heavy syrups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the prebiotic fiber in Rotten Sour Gummy Wormz benefit digestion?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains 4 grams of prebiotic fiber, which feeds friendly gut bacteria and supports regularity. While not a medical treatment, this fiber adds nutritional value to a treat and can help you feel a bit more satisfied after snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4g prebiotic fiber per serving to support gut microbiota.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2g protein per serving to help with satiety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiber comes from ingredients chosen to blend with candy textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides a better-for-you alternative to fiber-free candies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the flavors and colors natural, and what flavors are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRotten colors its gummy worms using extracts from fruits, vegetables, and superfoods, avoiding artificial dyes. The pack includes six sour flavors—examples include Loopy Lime, Messy Mandarin, and Scary Cherry—each crafted for a vivid sour profile without synthetic additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural colorants sourced from real produce and superfoods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix distinct sour flavor profiles for variety in each bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors or bright synthetic dyes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and made without unnecessary chemical fillers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these gummy worms fit into everyday snacking or special occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause they balance flavor with reduced sugar and added fiber, Rotten Sour Gummy Wormz work well as an everyday snack, a candy bowl option for events, or a travel-friendly treat. Their lower sugar makes them a practical choice when you want indulgence with fewer sugar grams per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo 5.3 oz bags—good for sharing or portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for parties, movie nights, lunchboxes, or road trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free for wider dietary compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged to maintain chewiness and shelf life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Rotten Sour Gummy Wormz are aimed at candy lovers who want intense sour taste but are mindful of sugar intake and ingredient quality. If you want a treat with natural colors, added prebiotic fiber, and fewer sugars—without giving up gummy texture or tang—these worms are a fitting pick. They appeal to adults seeking better-for-you sweets and parents looking for a more mindful candy option for older kids. Not intended as medical food; enjoy as part of a balanced diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGluten Free\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much sugar is in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Rotten Sour Gummy Wormz use low-glycemic sweeteners and contain about 55% less sugar than many conventional gummies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gummies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Rotten Sour Gummy Wormz are labeled gluten-free and made without high-fructose corn syrup or artificial dyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Rotten","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904073822520,"sku":"B0DJZS4MMP","price":63.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/rotten-pack-front-view.jpg?v=1788447354"},{"product_id":"respawn-respawn-watermelon-guava-sugar-free-mints-8-pack-of-1-oz-tins-portable-freshness","title":"REspawn RESPAWN Watermelon Guava Sugar-Free Mints, 8-Pack of 1 oz Tins — Portable Freshness","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRESPAWN by Razer Watermelon Guava Recharge Mints are sugar-free, fruit-flavored breath mints in eight portable 1‑ounce packs designed to refresh breath and add a burst of watermelon‑guava flavor on the go.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact mint packs combine a bright, tropical watermelon and guava flavor with zero sugar, making them an easy addition to pockets, backpacks, or desk drawers. Each 1‑ounce tin is formulated to deliver an immediate flavor hit and a quick breath reset without sticky residue. The pack of eight offers value for everyday use—whether you need a pre‑meeting freshen, a study boost, or a flavorful companion for gaming sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow intense is the watermelon‑guava flavor and how long does it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor delivers a noticeable, fruity burst on first chew that transitions into a clean, minty finish. It’s designed for immediate palate refreshment rather than multi‑hour coverage, giving a bright reset when you need it most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProminent watermelon and tropical guava notes up front\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinty undertone for a fresher finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast-acting flavor ideal for short-term breath refresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints really sugar free and safe for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mints are formulated without sugar, offering the sweet fruit profile without added sucrose. That makes them a convenient choice for frequent use when you want flavor without extra calories from sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar formulation for reduced sweetener calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, single‑serve tins to control portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packs suitable for daily carry and repeated use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions or routines are these mints best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mints are built for short, impactful refresh moments—before calls, after meals, during study breaks, or between gaming rounds. Because they’re compact and non‑messy, they’re easy to share or stash where you need them most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre‑meeting breath prep or quick confidence boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStudy sessions and long workdays for a fast palate reset\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGaming nights and social meetups to pass around packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the packaging designed for travel and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1‑ounce tin is sized for pockets, small bags, and desk drawers so you can access mints instantly. The pack of eight gives you multiples to distribute across locations—keep one in your bag, one at your desk, and another in a jacket pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 1‑ounce tins fit most pockets and small compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEight‑pack provides multi‑location convenience and backups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable tin protects mints from crushing and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: RESPAWN by Razer Watermelon Guava Recharge Mints suit anyone looking for a sugar‑free, flavorful breath option that’s portable and shareable. Ideal for students, professionals, frequent travelers, and gamers who want a fruity mint to refresh breath quickly without the sugar, these tins are a practical everyday accessory for moments that call for a fast flavor lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSORBITOL, L-THEANINE, MALIC ACID, CITRIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, MAGNESIUM STEARATE, SUCRALOSE, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, PANTOTHENIC ACID (VIT. B5), BEETROOT RED, RED 40 LAKE, CYANOCOBALAMIN (VIT. B12).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are RESPAWN Watermelon Guava mints sugar free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These mints are formulated without sugar, offering sweet watermelon‑guava flavor without added sucrose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many tins come in the pack and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack includes eight 1‑ounce tins, each designed for pocket or bag storage and quick access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"RESPAWN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904075231544,"sku":"B0DK29JHMZ","price":63.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/respawn-watermelon-guava-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447397"},{"product_id":"atkins-chocolate-chip-granola-protein-meal-bars-12-count-17g-protein-3g-net-carbs","title":"Atkins Chocolate Chip Granola Protein Meal Bars, 12 Count — 17g Protein, 3g Net Carbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAtkins Chocolate Chip Granola Protein Meal Bars are chewy, granola-style snack bars delivering 17g of protein, just 3g net carbs, and 1g sugar per bar for a convenient, keto-friendly option.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped Atkins bars blend chocolate chip indulgence with a granola texture to offer a portable meal replacement or snack that supports low-carb eating patterns. Each bar contains 9g of fiber and is engineered for people who want a high-protein option without large amounts of sugar or net carbs. They’re designed to be eaten on the go—whether as a quick breakfast, post-workout bite, or to bridge the gap between meals—while fitting into Atkins ketogenic programs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these bars fit into a low-carb or keto routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bar lists 3g net carbs, calculated as total carbs minus fiber and sugar alcohols, helping you track carbohydrate intake more easily. With only 1g of sugar and 0g added sugars, they’re formulated to minimize simple sugars while providing sustained energy from protein and fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3g net carbs per bar for easier carb tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1g total sugar and 0g added sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e9g dietary fiber to support fullness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to complement Atkins ketogenic programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these a good on-the-go meal replacement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bars are individually wrapped for portable portion control, so you can toss one in a bag or gym pack and have a quick meal when time is tight. At 17g of protein, each bar helps satisfy hunger and supports muscle maintenance between meals or after exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped, travel-ready packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e17g protein to help curb hunger and support activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy granola texture with chocolate chips for enjoyable mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size suitable for backpacks, desks, and gym bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars suitable for everyday snacking or post-workout?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey work well as a snack, quick breakfast substitute, or a light post-workout option depending on your dietary goals and caloric needs. Because they are higher in protein and fiber with moderate fats, they provide a balanced profile for short-term refueling, though they are not positioned as a low-calorie food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for short-term recovery or hunger control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot marketed as a low-calorie meal—check Nutrition Facts for calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSatisfying flavor helps curb cravings without excess sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient alternative to prepared meals when time is limited\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check on the label before buying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview nutrition facts for calorie count, saturated fat content, and allergen information to ensure the bar fits your personal needs. Ingredients and sugar alcohols affect net carb calculation and digestion for some people, so scan the label if you’re sensitive to sugar alcohols or specific ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck calories and saturated fat on the Nutrition Facts panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConfirm allergen statements if you have food sensitivities\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNote sugar alcohols used when calculating net carbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVerify serving size and portion control per bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Atkins Chocolate Chip Granola Protein Meal Bars are aimed at busy adults following low-carb or ketogenic plans who want a satisfying, chocolatey snack that delivers substantial protein. They’re a practical choice for commuters, gym-goers, and anyone needing a quick, portion-controlled option to manage hunger between meals while minimizing sugar and net carbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoy Nuggets (Soy Protein Isolate, Oat Flour, Calcium Carbonate), Glycerine, Polydextrose, Hydrolyzed Collagen, Chocolate Chips [Maltitol, Chocolate Liquor (Processed With Alkali), Cocoa Butter, Soy Lecithin, Vanilla Extract], Rolled Oats, Palm Kernel and Palm Oil, Sunflower Oil, Whey Protein Isolate, Cocoa Powder (Processed With Alkali), Soy Nuts, Roasted Almonds, Coconut, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Whole Milk Powder, Cellulose, Soy Lecithin, Salt, Sucralose, Acesulfame Potassium and Vitamin Mineral Mix (Tricalcium Phosphate, Calcium Carbonate, Magnesium Oxide, Vitamin A Palmitate, Ascorbic Acid, Sodium Ascorbate, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Pyridoxine Hydrochloride, Cyanocobalamin, D-l Alpha Tocopherylacetate, Niacinamide, Biotin, D-calcium Pantothenate, Zinc Oxide, Folic Acid, Chromium Chelate, Phytonadione, Sodium Selenite). Allergy Information: Contains Soy, Milk, Tree Nuts, Wheat and Sulphites. This Product is Manufactured In A Facility That Uses Peanuts, Other Nuts and Seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many grams of protein are in each Atkins Chocolate Chip Granola bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bar contains 17 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What are the net carbs and sugar content per bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bar has 3g net carbs and 1g total sugar with 0g added sugars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Atkins","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904075690296,"sku":"B0CJGC155J","price":62.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/atkins-chocolate-chip-granola-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447416"},{"product_id":"sugar-splash-deep-gag-suppressing-suckers-purple-raspberry-2-pack-magnesium-infused-non-numbing-lozenges","title":"SUGAR SPLASH Deep gag-suppressing suckers — Purple Raspberry 2-Pack, magnesium-infused non-numbing lozenges","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSUGAR SPLASH DEEP Purple Raspberry suckers are a flavored, patent-pending lozenge designed to reduce gag reflex sensitivity for short periods.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese handcrafted suckers blend a mildly salty purple-raspberry taste with an ingredient profile intended to relax throat sensation and quiet gag reflex responses. Made in small batches in the USA and infused with magnesium chloride, the two-pack delivers a discreet, ready-to-use option for intimate moments or practice sessions where less throat sensitivity is desired. The formula is non-numbing and works while you enjoy the candy like a normal sucker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does a DEEP sucker take effect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users notice a reduction in gag sensitivity within minutes of active use. Effects can begin shortly after the sucker contacts the front third of the tongue and typically last for a short duration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin by placing the sucker on the front third of the tongue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow it to dissolve while intermittently moving it for even coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpect effect onset within minutes and relief lasting up to about 30 minutes for many users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s inside and how does the flavor perform?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDEEP suckers are flavored purple raspberry with a subtle salty edge to balance sweetness. The recipe includes magnesium chloride and other candy ingredients to deliver flavor while aiming to modulate throat sensation without numbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMildly salty purple-raspberry flavor profile for balanced sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMagnesium chloride infusion to help relax throat sensation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-numbing formulation to preserve normal mouth and throat feeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these suckers for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse them as you would any hard candy, focusing placement and attention on the front third of the tongue for targeted effect. You don’t need to finish the entire sucker to experience benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the sucker on the front third of the tongue and let it dissolve slowly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMove it occasionally to spread the formula across the tongue and throat opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one sucker up to the point you feel comfortable; effects commonly persist even if not fully consumed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these made responsibly and where are they produced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR SPLASH DEEP suckers are handmade in small batches in the United States to ensure quality control and consistent flavor. Each two-pack is prepared with attention to ingredient sourcing and small-batch production methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in small batches in the USA for consistent quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged as a convenient two-sucker set for on-demand use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-numbing, patent-pending formula designed for short-term throat relaxation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: SUGAR SPLASH DEEP Purple Raspberry suckers are intended for adults seeking a discreet, flavored option to temporarily reduce gag sensitivity during private moments, practice, or situations where a gentler throat response is preferred. They suit people who want a non-numbing, quick-acting candy-style product made in small batches. Avoid use if you have known allergies to any listed ingredients or specific medical conditions affecting throat sensitivity; consult a healthcare professional if uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Syrup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do effects last?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Many users report reduced sensitivity for up to about 30 minutes, though times vary by person.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are DEEP suckers numbing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the formula is described as non-numbing and works by relaxing throat sensation without loss of feeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SUGAR SPLASH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904082243896,"sku":"B0FSN8P1TV","price":65.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/sugar-splash-deep-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447529"},{"product_id":"raffaello-coconut-almond-pralines-tin-30-individually-wrapped-10-6-oz-coconut-almond","title":"Raffaello Coconut Almond Pralines Tin — 30 Individually Wrapped, 10.6 oz, Coconut \u0026 Almond","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaffaello is a premium box of 30 individually wrapped coconut-almond pralines: crunchy wafer, creamy filling, a whole almond, and a coconut-flake coating in each bite.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDelicately balanced and elegantly presented, this 10.6 oz metal tin brings together almond, wafer and creamy textures for an unmistakable white-confection experience. Created by Ferrero using decades of confectionery expertise, Raffaello highlights a crisp whole almond enclosed in velvety cream, a light wafer shell and an exterior dusting of coconut. The tin protects each individually wrapped piece, making the set convenient to share, gift, or enjoy slowly at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes each Raffaello praline special?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Raffaello combines multiple textures and flavors in a single bite: a crunchy whole almond, silky cream, a crisp wafer shell, and a delicate coconut coating. This layered construction is designed for a gentle contrast between crispness and creaminess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole blanched almond center for nutty crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVelvety cream surrounding the almond for smoothness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin wafer shell adds a light crisp layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinely shredded coconut flakes provide aroma and finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Raffaello tin useful for gifting or entertaining?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metal tin is both attractive and protective, making it suitable for gifting, travel, or display. Inside, 30 individually wrapped pieces maintain freshness and simplify portioning for guests or gift recipients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium metal tin creates an elegant presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pralines keep flavors sealed and hygienic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 10.6 oz size fits gift baskets or party tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable tin for storage after the confections are enjoyed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve Raffaello for the best experience?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Raffaello in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Serve at room temperature so the cream and coconut can show their intended aroma and mouthfeel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a pantry or cupboard, ideally 15–21°C (59–70°F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat sources and humidity that soften the wafer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow chilled pieces to warm briefly before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces are convenient for plating or party bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these pralines suitable for sharing with diverse tastes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaffaello’s mild, sweet profile and textural contrast appeal to people who enjoy almond and coconut flavors without intense chocolate notes. The elegant presentation and single-serve wrappers make them easy to include in mixed dessert spreads, gift boxes, or celebratory platters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral white confectionery appeals to a wide audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with tea, coffee, or light dessert wines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for office sharing, holiday gatherings, or small celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a refined addition to gourmet gift baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Raffaello in the 30-piece tin suits anyone seeking an elegant, shareable confection with almond and coconut highlights — from hosts and gift-givers to those who appreciate refined textures in a sweet treat. If you want a presentable, ready-to-share box with individually wrapped pieces and a premium metal tin, this Raffaello offering is designed to meet those needs while delivering a layered, indulgent tasting moment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many Raffaello pieces are in this tin?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The metal tin contains 30 individually wrapped Raffaello pralines, total net weight 10.6 oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the Raffaello pieces individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each praline is individually wrapped to preserve freshness and make sharing easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Raffaello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904082768184,"sku":"B08HRDFV5S","price":63.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/raffaello-front-tin-packaging.jpg?v=1788447553"},{"product_id":"biena-roasted-edamame-snacks-himalayan-pink-salt-10-pack-13g-protein-130-cal-single-serve","title":"BIENA Roasted Edamame Snacks — Himalayan Pink Salt 10-pack, 13g Protein \u0026 130 Cal Single-Serve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBIENA Roasted Edamame Beans are crunchy, single-serve plant-based snacks that pack 13 grams of protein and just 130 calories per bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped roasted edamame snacks are seasoned with Himalayan pink salt and cooked in avocado oil for a satisfying crunch without excess calories. With vegan, gluten-free, and non-GMO credentials, each 1.05 oz pouch is designed for grab-and-go moments—lunchboxes, desks, gym bags or afternoon pick-me-ups—delivering fiber and protein in a compact, shelf-stable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much protein and calories are in each bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach single-serve BIENA pouch contains 13 grams of plant-based protein and about 130 calories, making it a dense protein option for a small package. It also supplies 4–5 grams of fiber to help you feel fuller between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing size: 1.05 oz (single pouch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein: 13 grams per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCalories: ~130 per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiber: 4–5 grams per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and cooking fats are used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese roasted edamame beans are prepared with avocado oil for crispness and a neutral, clean flavor. The seasoning is simple—Himalayan pink salt—without artificial flavors or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain ingredient: roasted soy edamame\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking fat: premium avocado oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoning: Himalayan pink salt only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabels: vegan, gluten-free, non-GMO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is BIENA edamame a good snack choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReach for BIENA edamame when you want a crunchy, high-protein option that’s lower in calories than many chips and crackers. It’s especially convenient for busy workdays, travel, after workouts, or as a kid-friendly lunchbox addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice or desk snack: mess-free single servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre- or post-workout boost: portable protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKids’ lunchbox: crunchy alternative to chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly: shelf-stable and sealed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does BIENA fit into special diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBIENA roasted edamame suits many eating plans because it’s plant-based, gluten-free, and low-carb relative to typical snack foods. While it’s made from soy, it’s a non-GMO product and can support vegetarian and vegan lifestyles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan and vegetarian-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free certified ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower-carb than many snack alternatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot suitable for soy allergy sufferers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? BIENA Himalayan Pink Salt roasted edamame is for anyone who wants a crunchy, protein-forward snack in a convenient single-serve format: busy professionals, active people who need portable protein, parents packing healthier lunch options for kids, and snackers aiming to replace calorie-dense chips with something more nutritious. If you follow a vegan or gluten-free diet and enjoy crisp texture with straightforward ingredients, these 10-pack pouches are an easy pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEdamame (Soybeans), Avocado Oil, Himalayan Pink Salt Seasoning (Himalayan Pink Salt, Black Pepper, Onion Powder, Garlic Powder, Yeast Extract). CONTAINS: Soy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are BIENA edamame snacks gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. BIENA roasted edamame is made with gluten-free ingredients and labeled gluten-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings come in the box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains ten single-serve 1.05 oz pouches, perfect for grab-and-go snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"BIENA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904085160248,"sku":"B0F258GL24","price":66.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/biena-edamame-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788447648"},{"product_id":"trident-tropical-twist-sugar-free-gum-6-pocket-packs-168-pcs-xylitol-long-lasting-tropical-flavor","title":"Trident Tropical Twist Sugar-Free Gum — 6 Pocket Packs (168 pcs), Xylitol, Long-Lasting Tropical Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eTrident Tropical Twist Sugar-Free Gum delivers long-lasting tropical flavor in six pocket-sized packs, 168 individually wrapped pieces for fresh breath anytime.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a burst of tropical fruit flavor without sugar. This six-pack of Trident Tropical Twist comes in compact hard-case pocket packs, each holding 28 individually wrapped pieces — ideal for keeping in a purse, glove box, office drawer, or travel bag. The gum uses xylitol, a naturally derived sweetener, and contains fewer calories than sugared gums while offering a clean, refreshing chew that helps you feel more confident between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this gum fit into a busy routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrident Tropical Twist is designed for on-the-go convenience. The durable hard-case pocket packs snap shut to protect pieces and fit easily into small spaces, so you can freshen breath after meals, between meetings, or during travel without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix durable pocket cases for easy carrying and quick access\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces to keep gum fresh and sanitary\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits in purses, backpacks, car consoles, and desk drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from Tropical Twist?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTropical Twist blends bright, fruity notes that linger longer than many conventional gums. Each piece provides an initial burst of tropical sweetness followed by a clean, cooling finish that keeps breath feeling refreshed between chews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePronounced tropical fruit profile with a refreshing aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent chew that holds flavor without becoming grainy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness from xylitol instead of sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this gum a better choice than sugared gum?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrident Tropical Twist is sugar-free and has about 30% fewer calories than comparable sugared gums, making it a lighter option for frequent chewers. The formula contains xylitol, which helps reduce plaque build-up and supports oral freshness as part of a daily routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free formulation with xylitol as a natural sweetener\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower calorie count than sugared alternatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to minimize contamination and waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gum do I get and where is it useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis value pack contains 6 pocket packs with 28 pieces each — 168 pieces total — offering long-term convenience for individuals, families, or group events. The hard-case packs make it easy to distribute pieces in care packages, party favors, or workplace welcome kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e168 total pieces across six pocket packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePocket-sized hard cases for gifting, travel, and daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for office desks, travel kits, and event goodie bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Trident Tropical Twist is well suited to anyone who wants a sugar-free, flavorful chewing gum that’s easy to carry and share. It’s a practical choice for commuters, parents packing lunches, office workers keeping fresh breath during meetings, and hosts assembling party favors or care packages. If you value lasting taste, low sugar, and portable packaging, this six-pack offers everyday convenience and value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSORBITOL, GUM BASE, XYLITOL, MANNITOL, MALTITOL SYRUP, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR; LESS THAN 2% OF: ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, ASPARTAME, BHT (TO MAINTAIN FRESHNESS), GLYCERIN, SOY LECITHIN, SUCRALOSE, YELLOW 5 LAKE, YELLOW 6 LAKE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Trident Tropical Twist sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Trident Tropical Twist is sugar-free and uses xylitol as a sweetener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are included in this pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bundle includes six pocket packs with 28 pieces each, totaling 168 individually wrapped pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Trident","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904094925112,"sku":"B08DD6DH6X","price":63.83,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/trident-tropical-twist-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788448020"},{"product_id":"gogo-squeez-puddingz-on-the-go-pudding-variety-pack-20-3-oz-chocolate-vanilla-shelf-stable-no-spoon-needed","title":"GoGo SqueeZ PuddingZ On the Go Pudding Variety Pack — 20×3 oz Chocolate \u0026 Vanilla, Shelf-Stable, No Spoon Needed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoGo squeeZ On the Go PuddingZ Variety Pack delivers 20 single-serve, spoon-free chocolate and vanilla pudding pouches made with real milk for a creamy, portable snack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese shelf-stable pudding pouches are designed for busy days when you want a convenient, mess-free sweet treat without refrigeration. Each 3 oz pouch is made with real milk, contains no high-fructose corn syrup or preservatives, and comes in BPA-free packaging that’s gluten-free and kosher. The variety pack mixes classic chocolate and smooth vanilla, offering a simple way to add a rich dessert or snack to lunch boxes, backpacks, desk drawers, and travel bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes PuddingZ a practical choice for busy families?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePuddingZ are formulated for convenience and minimal fuss: single-serve pouches require no spoon, are shelf-stable until opened, and fit easily into lunch boxes or snack bins. Parents appreciate the cleaner handling and portion control compared with traditional pudding cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20-count assortment of chocolate and vanilla in 3 oz pouches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable—no refrigeration needed until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo spoon required for on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged BPA-free and portioned for easy packing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these pouches made with real ingredients and free from unwanted additives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePuddingZ are made using real milk as a primary ingredient to achieve a creamy texture. The recipe avoids high-fructose corn syrup and preservatives, and contains no added artificial colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal milk provides the pudding’s creamy base\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo high-fructose corn syrup or preservatives listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colors; gluten-free and kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach pouch has under 10g added sugar per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do PuddingZ fit into snack time, travel, and lunch packing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact, flexible pouches are designed to be mess-minimizing and portable, making them ideal for school lunches, car rides, and office snacks. Their single-serve size helps with portioning and reduces cleanup compared with cups and bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight pouches tuck into lunch boxes or backpacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo-spill design reduces sticky hands and extra napkins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-eat straight from the pouch—great for travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for quick desserts after activities or as a treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these pudding pouches?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened pouches in a cool, dry pantry; refrigeration is only needed after opening. To serve, simply tear or twist open the pouch and squeeze—the flexible pouch allows you to control portions and minimize mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened pouches at room temperature in the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume right from the pouch or squeeze onto a bowl if desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate leftovers after opening and consume promptly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck each pouch for best-by date for peak quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? GoGo squeeZ PuddingZ Variety Pack is aimed at families, caregivers, and anyone who wants a grab-and-go, portioned dessert option without the need for utensils or immediate refrigeration. It suits school-aged children, commuters, road-trippers, and office snackers who prefer a convenient, familiar chocolate and vanilla pudding in a tidy pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate: Milk, Water, Sugar, Modified Corn Starch, High Fat Cocoa Powder Processed with Alkali, Unsweetened Chocolate, Cocoa Powder Processed with Alkali, Xanthan Gum. Vanilla: Milk, Water, Sugar, Modified Corn Starch, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Xanthan Gum, Carrageenan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do PuddingZ need refrigeration before opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, unopened PuddingZ are shelf-stable and don’t require refrigeration until after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these pudding pouches free from high-fructose corn syrup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, GoGo squeeZ PuddingZ contain no high-fructose corn syrup or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"GoGo SqueeZ","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904112062776,"sku":"B0DT2LYDRQ","price":72.56,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/gogo-squeez-puddingz-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788448196"},{"product_id":"thinkthin-high-protein-bar-peanut-butter-chocolate-chunk-10ct-20g-protein-10g-fiber","title":"thinkThin High Protein Bar — Peanut Butter Chocolate Chunk, 10ct | 20g Protein, 10g Fiber","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe think! High Protein Bar in Peanut Butter Chocolate Chunk is a ready-to-eat snack bar that packs 20g of protein, 10g of fiber and rich chocolate-peanut flavor in each bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bar combines creamy peanut butter, chocolatey chunks and a touch of sea salt to deliver a filling, on-the-go protein option. Each 10-count box keeps individually wrapped bars at hand for busy days, workouts, commutes or quick refueling between meals. It’s designed to balance taste and macro nutrients with just 1g of sugar per bar* and no added sugar*, while offering a dense texture and dessert-like flavor that still supports satiety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bar a convenient protein choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe think! High Protein Bar is portioned and individually wrapped so it’s easy to carry and eat anywhere. With 20g of protein, it helps you reach daily protein targets without cooking or measuring. The 10g of fiber contributes to a more filling snack experience, making it suited for busy schedules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20g protein per bar for meal support or post-exercise snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped bars for purse, gym bag or desk drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10g fiber to help extend fullness between meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1g sugar and no added sugar* for lower-sugar snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the flavor and texture compare to other protein bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety focuses on a peanut butter base studded with chocolate chunks and a hint of savory salt to balance sweetness. The bar delivers a mix of chewy and slightly crunchy textures from the chocolate pieces, creating a treat-like mouthfeel rather than a dry or chalky protein bar. It’s crafted to feel indulgent while prioritizing protein and fiber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreamy peanut butter flavor with visible chocolate chunks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChewy base texture contrasted by chocolate pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight savory note to offset sweetness for balanced taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResembles a dessert-style snack, not a simple protein chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there dietary or ingredient points I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bar advertises 1g of sugar and no added sugar* but is not a low-calorie food—check the nutrition facts for total calories. It contains common allergens such as peanuts and may include milk and soy ingredients from the chocolate components. Packaging lists full nutrition and ingredient details for anyone tracking macros or avoiding specific allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains peanuts; may contain milk and soy—see label for allergens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1g sugar per bar with no added sugar*; check nutrition panel for total carbs and calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped 10-count box for consistent portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot formulated as a meal replacement; use as a high-protein snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these bars in my routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey work well as a mid-morning or afternoon snack, a quick post-workout bite, or as a travel-friendly option when a balanced source of protein is needed. Keep a few in your gym bag, office drawer or car for predictable, high-protein refueling. Pair with fruit or yogurt if you want a broader mix of nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-workout snack to help meet protein needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesk or travel snack to prevent low-energy cravings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy portion control with each wrapped bar at ~20g protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombine with fresh foods for a more complete mini-meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The think! High Protein Bar in Peanut Butter Chocolate Chunk is aimed at active adults, commuters and anyone who prefers a portable high-protein snack that tastes like a treat. It’s suitable for people looking to increase daily protein intake without spending time on preparation, those prioritizing higher fiber with lower sugar per snack, and shoppers who want clear, portioned nutrition on the go. Always consult ingredient labels if you have allergen concerns or specific dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients : PROTEIN BLEND (SOY PROTEIN ISOLATE, CALCIUM CASEINATE, WHEY PROTEIN ISOLATE), MALTITOL SYRUP, VEGETABLE GLYCERIN, WATER, ALMOND BUTTER, COCOA BUTTER, ALKALIZED COCOA, CHOCOLATE, SUNFLOWER OIL, LECITHIN, SODIUM, CASEINATE, NATURAL FLAVOR, TAPIOCA STARCH, MILK FAT, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in one bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product nutrition label for exact calories per bar; calorie counts can vary by flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bar gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refer to the package label for gluten statements; not all think! flavors are certified gluten-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"thinkThin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904127856952,"sku":"B0CW477LH1","price":67.11,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/thinkthin-front-packaging-peanut-butter-chocolate-chunk.jpg?v=1788448374"},{"product_id":"smarties-lollies-lollipops-120-count-34-oz-jar-two-flavor-fruity-assortment-individually-wrapped","title":"Smarties Lollies Lollipops 120-Count 34 oz Jar — Two-Flavor Fruity Assortment, Individually Wrapped","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmarties Lollies are bite-sized, two-flavor fruity lollipops sold in a 34 oz jar containing 120 individually wrapped pieces for parties, classrooms, and everyday treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a colorful, low-calorie candy option that’s easy to distribute and keeps well, these Smarties Lollies offer an assortment of dual-fruit flavor combinations in a single, resealable bulk jar. Each lolly contains two complementary fruit tastes wrapped into one convenient pop on a stick, making them a tidy option for gatherings, candy dishes, and grab-and-go snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and variety are included in this 120-count jar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jar contains an assortment of Smarties Lollies featuring two fruit flavors per lollipop, mixed throughout the 120-piece pack to provide variety with every reach. Expect a rotating mix of classic Smarties-inspired fruit pairings so each lolly delivers a playful taste combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo-flavor lollipops—each piece combines two fruity notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful assortment—visually varied for easy party displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e120 pieces—ample quantity for events, classrooms, and giveaways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these lollipops fit into special occasions like Halloween or parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmarties Lollies are designed for easy distribution and minimal mess, making them ideal for trick-or-treat bags, party favor jars, and piñatas. The individually wrapped pieces simplify handing out candy and help keep extras fresh in the resealable bulk jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped—hygienic and party-ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-melting composition—suitable for outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge jar—convenient central display or refillable candy station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Smarties Lollies suitable for people with food allergies or dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese lollipops are formulated without common allergens like peanuts, tree nuts, milk, eggs, fish, shellfish, soy, and wheat, making them a vegan and gluten-free treat option for many dietary needs. They also provide a low-calorie option at about 30 calories per lolly, which is helpful for portion-conscious choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from major allergens—peanut, tree nut, milk, egg, soy, wheat, fish, shellfish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan and gluten-free—suitable for many restricted diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 30 calories per piece—easy portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the bulk jar and how long do they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the jar in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. The resealable bulk jar helps protect wrapped lollipops from humidity and airborne contaminants, making them convenient to store until you need to refill bowls or give them out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore cool and dry—prevents stickiness and flavor loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable jar—protects wrapped lollipops between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf-stable life—suitable for advance party prep and bulk purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Smarties Lollies in the 34 oz, 120-count jar is a smart pick for event planners, teachers, parents, and anyone who needs a large, low-mess candy supply. It’s particularly useful for holiday giveaways, classroom rewards, party favors, candy buffets, and businesses that offer complimentary treats. If you want a familiar fruity flavor in an easy-to-handle form that accommodates many dietary needs, this bulk jar delivers variety, convenience, and easy portion control without a lot of fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDextrose, Citric Acid, Calcium Stearate, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Colors (Red 40 Lake, Yellow 5 Lake, Yellow 6 Lake, Blue 2 Lake)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many lollipops are in the jar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The jar contains 120 individually wrapped Smarties Lollies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Smarties Lollies gluten-free and nut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are gluten-free and free from peanuts and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Smarties","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904129265976,"sku":"B002LJCGHI","price":73.2,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/smarties-lollies-jar-front.jpg?v=1788448438"},{"product_id":"generic-tridents-chewing-gum-sampler-variety-pack-10-pack-sugar-free-xylitol-assorted-flavors-portable-fresh-breath","title":"Generic Tridents Chewing Gum Sampler Variety Pack — 10-Pack Sugar-Free Xylitol Assorted Flavors, Portable Fresh Breath","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTridents Chewing Gum Sampler is a 10-pack of sugar-free, xylitol-containing gum that delivers ten assorted flavors chosen from an 18-flavor lineup for fresh breath and enjoyable chewing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a convenient variety pack when you want to sample multiple Tridents flavors without committing to full sleeves of a single kind. Each retail-sized pack in this assortment contains sugar-free gum sweetened with xylitol, offering long-lasting taste and a portable way to freshen breath during the day. The 10 packs are drawn from Tridents' wider selection—everything from classic mint to fruity twists—so every bag can feel like a small flavor discovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors can I expect inside the 10-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sampler gives you ten packs selected from Tridents’ 18-flavor range, so the exact mix varies per shipment. Expect a mix of mints, fruit twists, and novelty favorites that may include options like spearmint, peppermint, tropical blends, berry twists, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePossible mints: spearmint, wintergreen, peppermint, mint bliss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit twists: strawberry, watermelon, pineapple, island berry lime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExotic and novelty: dragon fruit lychee, bubblegum, black raspberry twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach pack contains several chewable pieces for on-the-go freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the gum support oral routine without sugar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gum is sweetened without sugar and includes xylitol, a sugar substitute that helps you enjoy flavor without added sugar calories. Chewing stimulates saliva flow, which can help rinse away food particles after meals and reduce mouth acidity temporarily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free formula helps avoid added sugars after snacks and meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eXylitol-sweetened for sweetness without conventional sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStimulates saliva to help clear residues and neutralize acids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient individual packs to keep in pockets, bags, or car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the flavor last and what is the chew experience?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTridents is formulated for steady flavor release so each piece offers noticeable taste for several minutes and remains chewable without becoming overly soft. Different flavors have different longevity—mint varieties typically feel more intense at first, while fruit blends often retain a sweeter finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for steady, enjoyable flavor over multiple minutes of chewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack design protects pieces and keeps them ready for use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVaried texture across flavors—some are crisp minty, others are softer fruity chews.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packs make it easy to refresh while commuting, working, or after meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this variety pack suit gifting or sharing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10-pack assortment works well for sampling, sharing with friends or coworkers, or keeping several flavors on hand at home and on the go. Because the contents vary, it’s a playful option for anyone who enjoys trying new tastes without buying full boxes of each flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for a multi-flavor tasting experience or office candy drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual packs make portioning and sharing simple and hygienic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAn easy add-on for care packages, travel kits, or party favors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortment composition changes, so repeat orders can yield new mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Tridents sampler is ideal for people who want sugar-free chewing gum variety—commuters, students, office workers, or anyone who likes to switch flavors often. It’s also useful for shoppers exploring Tridents’ range before choosing full-size favorites, and for those who appreciate portable, dentist-recommended sugar-free options for daily freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gums sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The Tridents sampler is sugar-free and sweetened with xylitol for a sugarless chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will I get the same flavors every time?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Each 10-pack contains a variable selection drawn from 18 flavors, so mixes may differ between orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Generic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904132968760,"sku":"B0FWS4774F","price":66.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/tridents-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788448499"},{"product_id":"popcornopolis-assorted-popcorn-variety-pack-12-count-mini-cones-gluten-free-non-gmo","title":"Popcornopolis Assorted Popcorn Variety Pack — 12-Count Mini Cones, Gluten-Free \u0026 Non-GMO","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePopcornopolis Assorted 4-Flavor Popcorn Variety Pack delivers twelve single-serve gourmet popcorn cones in Zebra, Caramel, Kettle, and Cheddar flavors for convenient sweet-and-salty snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you need grab-and-go snacks for a crowd or a gift that’s instantly shareable, this 12-cone assortment brings four signature Popcornopolis flavors in ready-to-enjoy mini cones. Each box includes three cones of Zebra Popcorn, Caramel Corn, Kettle Corn, and Cheddar Cheese, all made from American-grown, non-GMO corn and certified gluten-free. The cones are finished with Popcornopolis’s striped design, making them attractive for party tables, gift baskets, or pantry-ready treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these mini cones best used for events and parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped cones are designed for easy distribution and attractive presentation, so they work well as favors, snack stations, or quick single-serve options at gatherings. The striped cones create a polished look without extra packaging work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSet on a dessert table as instant party favors that require no portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in gift bags, welcome baskets, or movie-night kits for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace in break rooms or concession stands for tidy, no-mess serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and who will enjoy them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis assortment features four distinct tastes to cover a range of preferences: sweet and chocolate-drizzled Zebra, classic crunchy Caramel, light-sweet All-American Kettle, and savory Cheddar Cheese. The mix appeals to people who like sweet, salty, or cheesy snacks, making it a versatile choice for mixed groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZebra Popcorn — sweet, chocolate-striped for dessert lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel Corn — buttery, classic caramel crunch fans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKettle Corn — lightly sweetened with a balanced salty finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheddar Cheese — savory, bold flavor for cheese enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these cones suitable for special diets and how should they be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePopcornopolis cones are certified gluten-free and made with non-GMO American corn, popped in coconut oil and containing no high-fructose corn syrup. For freshness, reseal any opened cone or store unopened cones in a cool, dry place; resealed portions keep crispness up to nine months when stored properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free — suitable for gluten-sensitive consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO American-grown corn — ingredient transparency you can trust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePopped in coconut oil with 0g trans fat — cleaner label attributes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage tip — keep resealed or in airtight container to retain crunch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pack compare to other snack or gift options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12-cone pack combines variety, visual appeal, and portion control, making it more gift-ready than loose popcorn and more diverse than single-flavor bags. It’s a convenient alternative to large tins when you want individual servings or multiple flavor choices without extra assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore variety than single-flavor bags — satisfies mixed preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-gift cones — no additional wrapping needed for favors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortioned serving sizes — helps with simple portion control at events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact and shelf-stable — easy to store or carry for travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This Popcornopolis 12-cone variety pack is ideal for hosts, gift-givers, snack-lovers, and businesses stocking break rooms or event snacks. It suits people who want convenience without sacrificing gourmet taste — families planning movie nights, event planners arranging favors, or offices seeking a tidy, widely liked treat. If you value recognizable branding, individually portioned servings, and a mix of sweet and savory options, this assortment offers a simple, crowd-pleasing solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaramel Corn, INGREDIENTS: Cane Sugar, Corn Syrup, Popcorn, Coconut Oil, Brown Sugar, Butter (Cream, Salt), Sunflower Oil, Salt, Baking Soda, Vanilla Extract, Sunflower Lecithin. CONTAINS: MILK Cheddar Cheese, INGREDIENTS: Popcorn, Coconut Oil, Cheese Seasoning (Whey, Granular and Cheddar Cheese [Pasteurized Milk, Cheese Culture, Salt, Enzymes], Buttermilk, Whey Protein Concentrate, Salt, Contains Less than 2% of Sodium Phosphate, Citric Acid, Lactic Acid), Sunflower Oil, Beta Carotene (for color). CONTAINS: MILK Kettle Corn, INGREDIENTS: Cane Sugar, Popcorn, Coconut Oil, Salt Zebra® Popcorn, INGREDIENTS: Cane Sugar, Corn Syrup, Popcorn, Coconut Oil, Brown Sugar, Butter (Cream, Salt), Palm Kernel Oil and\/or Palm Oil, Sunflower Oil, Nonfat Milk, Whey, Cocoa (processed with alkali), Cocoa, Salt, Baking Soda, Vanilla Extract, Sunflower Lecithin, Soy Lecithin, Natural Flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cones are in the Popcornopolis variety pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains 12 mini cones—three each of Zebra, Caramel, Kettle, and Cheddar flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these cones gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Popcornopolis recipes in this pack are certified gluten-free and use non-GMO corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Popcornopolis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904141816120,"sku":"B01ATWI17W","price":76.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/popcornopolis-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788448745"},{"product_id":"pirates-booty-aged-white-cheddar-cheese-puffs-12-x-1-oz-bags-baked-gluten-free-snack-packs","title":"Pirate's Booty Aged White Cheddar Cheese Puffs 12 x 1 oz Bags — Baked, Gluten-Free Snack Packs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePIRATE'S BOOTY Aged White Cheddar Cheese Puffs are baked, airy corn-and-rice snacks flavored with real aged white cheddar, packaged as twelve convenient 1-ounce bags for lunches, travel, and parties.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLight, crunchy and seasoned with genuine aged white cheddar, these Pirate's Booty cheese puffs offer a portable snack option that avoids frying and artificial colors. Made from rice and corn with kosher certification and gluten-free ingredients, each small bag is designed for portion control and easy sharing. The bright, playful packaging and airy texture make these puffs an approachable choice for family snack time, classroom treats, or on-the-go munching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these cheese puffs fit into busy daily routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual 1-ounce bags keep portions ready for packing, handing out, or tucking into backpacks and glove compartments. They store well and are shelf-stable, so you can keep a stash for impromptu outings or scheduled snack breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComes as a case of twelve 1-ounce bags for grab-and-go convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall single-serve size eases portion control and reduces waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom-temperature shelf life; ideal for lunchboxes and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary features does Pirate's Booty offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe puffs are made primarily from rice and corn, seasoned with real aged white cheddar for flavor. The recipe avoids artificial colors and is made with gluten-free ingredients, plus a kosher certification for shoppers seeking those attributes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains real aged white cheddar for authentic flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors included in the seasoning blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free ingredients and kosher certified for broader dietary preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these compare to traditional fried snacks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePirate's Booty puffs are baked, not fried, which creates a light, airy texture while reducing the greasy mouthfeel common in fried snacks. The result is a crisp bite that still delivers bold cheddar taste without heavy oiliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked preparation for a lighter, crisp texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess surface oil than comparable fried snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor-forward seasoning from aged white cheddar rather than relying on fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and when are these mini bags most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped puffs are versatile for many moments—school and office lunches, family road trips, movie nights, or small gatherings. Their festive pirate branding also makes them suitable for party favor bags and event snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLunchboxes, after-school snacks, and classroom-friendly portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-share options for casual get-togethers and game nights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for travel, picnics, and on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: PIRATE'S BOOTY Aged White Cheddar Cheese Puffs in 1-ounce individual bags suit families looking for portioned snack options, anyone wanting baked crunchy cheese flavor without artificial colors, and hosts who need easy, shareable snacks for kids and adults alike. If you want a light, cheddar-forward snack that travels well and fits varied dietary preferences, these mini bags deliver a simple, familiar option with fun branding and consistent crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornmeal, Rice flour, Sunflower Oil and\/or canola oil and\/or corn oil, Maltodextrin, Organic Cheddar Cheese (Organic Milk, Cultures, Salt, Enzymes), Organic Buttermilk, Salt, Sea Salt, Natural Flavor, Organic Skim Milk, Black Pepper, Citric Acid (For Flavor).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Pirate's Booty Aged White Cheddar puffs gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, these puffs are made with gluten-free ingredients, but always check the package for the most current allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in the case and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The case contains twelve individually wrapped 1-ounce bags, ideal for single-serve portions and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pirate's Booty","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904146895160,"sku":"B01BMSBYVC","price":77.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/pirates-booty-front-pack.jpg?v=1788448816"},{"product_id":"larabar-cherry-pie-fruit-nut-bars-16-ct-3-ingredient-gluten-free-vegan-snack-bars","title":"LÄRABAR Cherry Pie Fruit \u0026 Nut Bars 16 ct — 3-Ingredient, Gluten-Free Vegan Snack Bars","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLÄRABAR Cherry Pie Fruit \u0026amp; Nut Bars are simple, chewy snack bars made from just three real ingredients — dates, almonds, and unsweetened cherries — packaged in a 16-count box for convenient, on-the-go snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Cherry Pie bars pair tart unsweetened cherries with naturally sweet dates and crunchy almonds for a compact source of flavor and texture without added sugars. Each bar is plant-based, gluten free, vegan, and Non-GMO Project Verified, making it an easy pantry staple for lunches, backpacks, office drawers, or travel kits. The bars aim to keep ingredients minimal and recognizable so you know what you're eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these bars fit into a busy day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLÄRABAR Cherry Pie bars are designed for quick energy and simple satisfaction when time is tight. They’re individually wrapped for grab-and-go convenience and fit easily into a bag or lunchbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 individually wrapped bars per box for long-lasting supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging that fits backpacks, gym bags, and purses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy texture and balanced sweetness to tide you between meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s actually inside each Cherry Pie bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bar contains only three core ingredients: dates for natural sweetness and chew, almonds for texture and healthy fats, and unsweetened cherries for bright tartness. There are no added sugars, dairy, or soy in the ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary ingredients: dates, almonds, unsweetened cherries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo sugar added — check nutrition facts for naturally occurring sugars and calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from gluten, dairy, and soy; certified Non-GMO and kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these bars compare nutritionally to other snacks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLÄRABAR Cherry Pie bars offer a straightforward ingredient profile rather than a fortified nutrition panel. They provide a source of fiber and healthy fats from almonds, while naturally occurring sugars come from fruit, not added sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood source of dietary fiber to support fullness between meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains approximately 7 g of fat per serving, mainly from nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot marketed as a low-calorie food; review the nutrition label for exact sugar and calorie values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these bars fit into special diets like vegan or gluten-free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LÄRABAR Cherry Pie bars are plant-based and certified gluten free, making them suitable for many dietary preferences and restrictions. They are also vegan, dairy-free, soy-free, and Non-GMO Project Verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly formulation with no animal-derived ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free certification for those avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free and soy-free for common allergen considerations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you want a minimally processed snack that emphasizes whole-food ingredients and portability, LÄRABAR Cherry Pie bars are a solid pick. They work well for commuters, students, hikers, and anyone who prefers snacks with short ingredient lists and recognizable components. Keep in mind these bars provide natural fruit sugars and nut-based fats, so they’re best enjoyed as part of a balanced eating plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDATES, ALMONDS, UNSWEETENED CHERRIES.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are LÄRABAR Cherry Pie bars vegan and gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These bars are vegan, plant based, and certified gluten free, plus they’re dairy- and soy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these bars contain added sugars?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No added sugar is included; sweetness comes naturally from dates and cherries. Check the nutrition label for total sugars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"LÄRABAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904169832760,"sku":"B000ENWSBW","price":67.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/larabar-cherry-pie-front-package.jpg?v=1788449100"},{"product_id":"pisoka-bulk-chocolate-candy-variety-pack-2-lb-individually-wrapped-mini-bars-treats-resealable-bag","title":"Pisoka Bulk Chocolate Candy Variety Pack - 2 lb Individually Wrapped Mini Bars \u0026 Treats, Resealable Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePisoka Bulk Chocolate Candy Variety Pack is a two-pound sealed bag of individually wrapped mini chocolate bars and treats designed for easy sharing and immediate display.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep meeting rooms, break rooms, party tables, and gift baskets stocked without the hassle of preparation. This assortment combines milk chocolate, peanut butter, caramel, wafer, and almond-flavored mini bars and bite-size treats in one resealable bag. Every piece is individually wrapped to preserve freshness and allow hygienic, grab-and-go serving — no sorting, no extra packaging, no sticky fingers required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kinds of chocolates are included and how balanced is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack offers a well-rounded assortment that appeals to a broad range of tastes. You’ll find classics like smooth milk chocolate alongside peanut butter centers, chewy caramel pieces, crisp wafer bars, and almond-studded chocolate bites. The variety is curated to reduce repeats and deliver an even spread of flavors across the two-pound bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMilk chocolate mini bars for a familiar, crowd-pleasing option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut butter-filled chocolates for a rich, nutty contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel-centered pieces for a softer, chewable texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWafer bars offering airy crunch between chocolate layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlmond chocolate treats adding a crunchy, nutty bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to serve these chocolates in public spaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy — the individually wrapped pieces make distribution quick, tidy, and hygienic. Drop the unopened bag into a bowl or set a small tray near a coffee station and guests can help themselves without touching other candies. The resealable bag also keeps the remaining pieces fresh between refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for clean, single-serve handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag preserves freshness after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for self-serve candy bowls, party tables, or hospitality stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo extra packaging or sorting needed before display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the bulk pack deliver value for events or workplaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-pound quantity is sized to cover multiple small gatherings or sustain a communal candy bowl for weeks, depending on foot traffic. Buying in bulk reduces per-piece cost versus single purchases and removes the need to assemble mixed bags yourself. This convenience saves time and provides consistent availability for visitors, clients, and colleagues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo pounds yield many individual servings for larger groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk purchase reduces cost per treat compared with single buys\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-display packaging eliminates prep time and labor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for regular stocking of break rooms, parties, or classroom rewards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these chocolates suitable for gifting and themed occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the assortment works well in gift baskets, party favor bags, and seasonal displays. The mix of textures and flavors makes the pack versatile for birthdays, office celebrations, holiday treats, and community events. Because pieces are individually wrapped, they’re also convenient to include in assembled swag or treat bags without additional repackaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect filler for gift baskets and prize packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for party favors and holiday treat bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped chocolates ensure hygienic inclusion in assembled gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral, widely liked flavors suit diverse guest lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This Pisoka bulk variety pack is made for office managers, event planners, hospitality hosts, teachers, and anyone who needs an easy, crowd-friendly snack option. If you want a low-effort way to keep communal spaces stocked with a selection that appeals to most palates, this two-pound mix offers convenience, variety, and value without extra work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece counts vary by size, but the two-pound bag contains many individually wrapped mini bars suitable for multiple servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the bag resealable for freshness?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the sealed package is designed to be resealable so you can keep remaining chocolates fresh after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pisoka","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904170193208,"sku":"B0GZYXSJ21","price":65.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/pisoka-front-packaging_2e0ffa35-2a03-47e0-b394-fae310accc01.jpg?v=1788449115"},{"product_id":"annies-homegrown-organic-bunny-fruit-snacks-variety-pack-42-ct-individually-wrapped-gelatin-free","title":"Annie's Homegrown Organic Bunny Fruit Snacks Variety Pack, 42 ct — Individually Wrapped, Gelatin-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnnie's Organic Bunny Fruit Snacks Variety Pack delivers individually wrapped, bunny-shaped organic fruit gummies in Berry Patch and Summer Strawberry flavors for convenient, kid-friendly snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Annie's Organic Bunny Fruit Snacks come in a large 42-count box (29.4 oz) of single-serve pouches that tuck easily into lunch boxes, backpacks, or snack bins. Made with organic pear juice concentrate and certified USDA Organic ingredients, these gummy pouches are gelatin-free, gluten-free, and free from artificial flavors, synthetic colors, and high fructose corn syrup. The variety pack mixes two fruity flavors so you can offer choices at school, parties, or on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack combines Summer Strawberry and Berry Patch gummies, each shaped like small bunnies for playful, portion-controlled serving. Flavors are bright and sweet with a fruit-juice base rather than heavy candy syrup, giving each pouch a familiar, kid-friendly fruit profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSummer Strawberry: sweet, jammy strawberry flavor with a soft chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBerry Patch: mixed berry notes—think raspberry and blueberry—balanced and fruity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pouches preserve freshness and simplify portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for dietary or ingredient concerns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these fruit snacks are formulated with many common sensitivities in mind. They are gelatin-free and vegan-friendly, made without artificial flavors, synthetic colors, or high fructose corn syrup, and use organic ingredients wherever possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified USDA Organic ingredients and non-GMO sourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGelatin-free and suitable for vegetarian or many vegan diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and free from synthetic colors and artificial flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient are they for packing, parties, and group events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42-count box contains individually sealed pouches designed for easy distribution and minimal mess. Each pouch fits into school lunch boxes, gym bags, or party goodie bags, making them an efficient option when you need quick, portable snacks for kids or groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve pouches reduce waste and simplify sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge box quantity is ideal for classrooms, teams, or birthday parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required—store in the pantry for grab-and-go use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the ingredient list and nutrition approach look?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese snacks are made with real fruit juice concentrate (organic pear juice concentrate) and emphasize organic, non-GMO components. They’re not meant to replace whole fruit or vegetables in the diet but offer a treat made with recognizable, cleaner ingredients compared with conventional gummy candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with organic pear juice concentrate—see nutrition panel for full details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower-ingredient approach without synthetic dyes or artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable as an occasional treat paired with balanced meals and snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Families, caregivers, and group organizers looking for an organic, kid-approved gummy snack in a bulk, easy-to-dispense format will appreciate this Annie's variety pack. It's a practical choice for parents packing lunches, teachers assembling classroom treats, coaches supplying team snacks, or anyone seeking an organic alternative to conventional gummy candies. If you want convenient, individually wrapped pouches with recognizable ingredients and playful bunny shapes, this 42-count box is made for busy households and shared events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSummer Strawberry Ingredients: Organic Rice Syrup, Organic Cane Sugar, Organic Tapioca Syrup Solids, Water, Organic Pear Juice Concentrate, Pectin, Citric Acid, Sodium Citrate, Ascorbic Acid (vitamin C), Organic Natural Flavor, Organic Sunflower Oil, Organic Color (organic black carrot, organic black currant extracts), Organic Carnauba Wax. Berry Patch Ingredients: Organic Rice Syrup, Organic Cane Sugar, Organic Tapioca Syrup Solids, Water, Organic Pear Juice Concentrate, Pectin, Citric Acid, Sodium Citrate, Ascorbic Acid (vitamin C), Organic Natural Flavor, Organic Sunflower Oil, Organic Color (organic black carrot, organic black currant extracts), Organic Carnauba Wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Annie's fruit snacks gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Annie's Organic Bunny Fruit Snacks are labeled gluten free and do not contain wheat-based ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do the snacks contain gelatin or artificial colors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. These gummies are gelatin-free and made without synthetic colors or artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Annie's Homegrown","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904170586424,"sku":"B0CTP1S38B","price":65.45,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/annies-bunny-fruit-snacks-front-box.jpg?v=1788449148"},{"product_id":"zollipops-sugar-free-lollipops-assorted-fruit-1-lb-tub-xylitol-sweetened-dye-free-candy-for-after-meal-oral-support","title":"Zollipops sugar-free lollipops Assorted Fruit 1 lb Tub — xylitol sweetened, dye-free candy for after-meal oral support","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eZollipops Clean Teeth Pops are sugar-free fruit-flavored lollipops formulated with natural sweeteners to help neutralize mouth acids and support cleaner-feeling teeth after treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a sweet option that skips added sugar but still delivers bright fruity taste, this 1 lb tub of Zollipops offers individually wrapped, dye-free lollipops made with xylitol, erythritol and stevia. The assorted fruit pack is designed for everyday enjoyment, classroom treats, party favors, or a post-meal pop that helps balance oral pH without artificial colors. Each candy is made in the U.S., allergy-friendly, and packaged by weight so counts vary while total weight remains consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these lollipops help my child’s oral routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZollipops aren’t toothpaste, but their ingredients—like xylitol—help reduce acidity in the mouth after eating, which supports a healthier oral environment. They’re intended as a convenient, after-meal option to complement regular brushing and flossing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains xylitol and erythritol to help neutralize acids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugar or artificial dyes, lowering sugary-residue risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic, on-the-go use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable as an after-lunch or after-dinner treat to freshen breath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Zollipops safe for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is developed to be broadly inclusive: it contains no gluten, dairy, peanuts, or tree nuts and uses plant-based sweeteners rather than sucrose. Still, always check the ingredient panel and consult health professionals for specific allergy or medical concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, dairy-free, peanut- and tree-nut free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with xylitol, erythritol, and stevia — sugar-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeto- and low-carb friendly as a low-calorie confection option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for portion control and sharing at events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many lollipops are in the 1 lb tub and how is it packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tub is filled by weight rather than piece count, so the number of pops can vary from batch to batch. You’ll always receive a full pound of assorted fruit-flavored, individually wrapped lollipops stored in a resealable tub for convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight — piece count may differ between tubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 1 lb plastic tub for freshness and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped candies make them classroom- and travel-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging graphics may vary seasonally or by production run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is the best time to give or enjoy a Zollipop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZollipops are ideal after meals or snacks when you want a sweet finish without added sugar. They work well as reward or party treats, travel snacks, or anytime you want a lower-sugar option that tastes like classic fruity candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAfter lunch or dinner as a post-meal pop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassroom celebrations, party goodie bags, or Halloween alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePotty-training or reward occasions for toddlers and kids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for adults seeking a low-calorie, sugar-free candy option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Zollipops Clean Teeth Pops — 1 lb tub — is designed for families, teachers, and anyone who wants an enjoyable candy without added sugar. It’s a practical choice for parents seeking healthier treat alternatives, event planners assembling allergy-friendly goodie bags, and adults following low-carb or keto lifestyles who still want a fruity lollipop. If you prefer dye-free, individually wrapped sweets that pair taste with thoughtful ingredient choices, this tub of assorted Zollipops is a convenient, crowd-pleasing option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Citric Acid, Xylitol, Erythritol, Flavors, Vegetable Juice (Red Beet Juice Concentrate), Annatto Extract, Turmeric Oleoresin, Spirulina Extract, Fruit Juice (Blueberry Juice Concentrate), Orange Oil, Reb A (Steviol Glycosides from Stevia Leaf Extract).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do Zollipops contain sugar or artificial dyes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — these lollipops are sugar-free and made without artificial dyes, using natural sweeteners like xylitol and stevia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the tub filled by piece count or weight?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 1 lb tub is filled by weight, so the number of lollipops can vary while total weight remains one pound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Zollipops","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904174485816,"sku":"B08Q4PD52C","price":66.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/zollipops-tub-front-label.jpg?v=1788449274"},{"product_id":"nerds-rope-variety-box-candy-16-count-0-92-oz-rainbow-very-berry-chewy-center-with-crunchy-nerds","title":"Nerds Rope Variety Box Candy 16‑Count 0.92 oz — Rainbow \u0026 Very Berry, Chewy Center with Crunchy NERDS","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNERDS Rope Variety Box packs 16 individual 0.92 oz Rainbow and Very Berry chewy ropes coated in crunchy NERDS for a sweet-and-tangy snack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you love a contrast of textures and bold fruit flavors, this NERDS Rope Variety Box delivers both in a convenient multipack. Each piece combines a soft gummy center with an outer layer of tiny, crunchy NERDS pieces in two flavor themes — Rainbow and Very Berry — giving you alternating bursts of sweet and tangy in every bite. The 16-count box is portioned for sharing, snacking, party favors, or tucking into lunches without committing to a large bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes NERDS Rope different from regular candy ropes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNERDS Rope pairs a gummy rope core with an exterior coating of classic NERDS for an interplay of chew and crunch you don’t get with one-texture chews. The outer NERDS pieces add tangy, crunchy pops while the inner gummy keeps each bite soft and satisfying. Together they create a layered sensory experience that’s both nostalgic and playful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual texture: chewy gummy center plus crunchy NERDS shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo flavor profiles: multicolored Rainbow and berry-forward Very Berry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped 0.92 oz pieces for freshness and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is the 16-count variety box for sharing or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16-count format is designed for easy distribution — hand out at parties, include in goodie bags, or keep a box on hand for office or classroom treats. Individual wrappers protect each rope, so you can carry a couple in a bag without worrying about stickiness. It’s small enough to store in a pantry but ample enough to supply a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 individually wrapped ropes, ideal for parties and classrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact box fits on shelves or in pantry corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for gift baskets, party favors, and snack bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures should I expect from Rainbow and Very Berry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRainbow offers a mixed-fruit profile with bright, sweet-tangy notes across colorful NERDS pieces. Very Berry focuses on deeper berry tones—think raspberry, strawberry, and other berry-forward accents—paired with the same crunchy exterior and chewy core. Both varieties maintain consistent sweetness while letting tanginess peak through the crunchy shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRainbow: mixed-fruit sweetness with tangy highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVery Berry: concentrated berry flavors with sweet-tart balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach rope blends crunchy NERDS bits with a pliable gummy center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve NERDS Rope to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo preserve texture and flavor, keep the individually wrapped ropes in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Avoid extreme heat to prevent the gummy center from becoming overly soft and the shell from losing crunch. These ropes are ready-to-eat straight from the wrapper — serve them individually or slice for topping desserts or decorating treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature in a dry area away from heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces stay fresh until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSliced ropes add color and texture to desserts and party platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: NERDS Rope Variety Box is ideal for fans of playful, textural sweets who enjoy both chew and crunch in a single candy. It’s great for parents packing lunches, party hosts looking for individually wrapped treats, candy collectors, or anyone who wants a nostalgic candy with a modern twist. If you like bold fruit flavors and a mix of textures, this variety pack provides easy portion control and shareable fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDextrose, Sugar, Corn Syrup, and less than 2% of Malic Acid, Gelatin, Confectioners Glaze (Lac resin), Glycerin, Citric Acid, Carnauba Wax, Artificial Flavors, Color Added, Carmine Color, Blue 1, Blue 1 Lake, Blue 2 Lake, Red 40, Red 40 Lake, Yellow 5 Lake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are NERDS Rope pieces individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each 0.92 oz rope is individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the Variety Box include both Rainbow and Very Berry flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the 16-count box contains a mix of Rainbow and Very Berry NERDS Rope pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Nerds","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904174780728,"sku":"B08QMHSJK4","price":65.41,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/nerds-rope-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788449298"},{"product_id":"kind-healthy-snack-bars-variety-pack-18-count-nut-bars-gluten-free-low-sugar-high-fiber","title":"KIND Healthy Snack Bars Variety Pack — 18 Count Nut Bars, Gluten-Free, Low Sugar, High Fiber","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKIND Healthy Snacks Bars Variety Pack is a grab-and-go assortment of 18 individually wrapped nut bars that are gluten-free, low in sugar, and designed to deliver balanced, nutrient-dense energy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bars combine almonds or peanuts as the lead ingredient with modest protein and fiber to create a satisfying snack for busy days. The 18-count box includes three popular flavors — Dark Chocolate Nuts \u0026amp; Sea Salt, Peanut Butter Dark Chocolate, and Caramel Almond \u0026amp; Sea Salt — each offering distinct texture and taste while keeping ingredients simple and free from genetically engineered components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these bars a convenient everyday snack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKIND packs each bar individually so you can toss one into a purse, gym bag, or desk drawer without measuring or fuss. The wrappers preserve freshness and portion control, making them practical for work breaks, travel, or between-meal hunger. They’re shelf-stable and ready when you are, so there’s no refrigeration required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18 individually wrapped 1.4 oz bars for easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable packaging for on-the-go convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple ingredient list led by almonds or peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these bars support steady energy without excess sugar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bar in the variety pack is formulated with lower sugar compared to many candy-like snacks, and offers 6–7 grams of protein plus 3–7 grams of fiber to help moderate hunger. The combination of nuts and minimal added sugars helps slow digestion slightly, providing more sustained energy than empty-calorie alternatives. Still, they are a snack — not a meal replacement — so use them to bridge gaps between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow sugar per bar compared with many snack options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6–7 g protein and 3–7 g fiber to support satiety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNut-first ingredient profile for healthy fats and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included and how do they differ in taste and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack mixes three distinct varieties: Dark Chocolate Nuts \u0026amp; Sea Salt delivers a crunchy almond base with bittersweet chocolate and a touch of salt; Peanut Butter Dark Chocolate pairs smooth peanut butter notes with dark chocolate coverage; Caramel Almond \u0026amp; Sea Salt combines chewy caramel and toasted almonds with a salty finish. Each flavor balances salty, sweet, and nutty elements but varies in chew, crunch, and chocolate presence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDark Chocolate Nuts \u0026amp; Sea Salt — crunchy almonds, bold chocolate, salted finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut Butter Dark Chocolate — creamy peanut butter texture with dark chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel Almond \u0026amp; Sea Salt — chewy caramel plus toasted almond crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars suitable for specific dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bars are gluten free and made without genetically engineered ingredients, which suits people avoiding gluten or preferring non-GMO components. They do contain tree nuts and peanuts, so they are not appropriate for anyone with nut allergies. The bars are intended as a balanced snack option rather than a specialized therapeutic product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation for those avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot suitable for peanut or tree nut allergy sufferers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot marketed as a meal replacement or medical food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The KIND Healthy Snacks Bars Variety Pack is best for active professionals, students, and travelers who want a quick, portable snack with real nuts and straightforward ingredients. If you seek a lower-sugar, higher-fiber option than candy or many granola bars, and you don’t have nut allergies, this 18-count assortment delivers multiple flavor choices and consistent portion control for everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDark Chocolate Nuts and Sea Salt: Almonds, peanuts, chicory root fiber, honey, palm kernel oil, sugar, glucose syrup, rice flour, unsweetened chocolate, alkalized cocoa, sea salt, soy lecithin, natural flavor, cocoa butter. Dark Peanut Butter Dark Chocolate: Peanuts, glucose syrup, almonds, honey, sugar, soy protein isolate, palm kernel oil, peanut butter (peanuts, sea salt), unsweetened chocolate, alkalized cocoa, tapioca starch, chicory root fiber, soy lecithin, sea salt, natural flavor, cocoa butter, sea salt, natural flavor, cocoa butter. Caramel Almond and Sea Salt: Almonds, chicory root fiber, honey, glucose syrup, palm kernel oil, sugar, rice flour, milk powder, sea salt, carob powder, soy lecithin, natural flavor, annatto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bars are in the KIND variety pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This pack contains 18 individually wrapped 1.4 oz KIND snack bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are KIND Healthy Snacks Bars gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, these bars are labeled gluten free and made without genetically engineered ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"KIND","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904179401016,"sku":"B0DBRBY9F1","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/kind-variety-pack-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788449519"},{"product_id":"kind-mini-snack-bars-variety-pack-30-count-3-flavors-gluten-free-low-calorie-minis","title":"KIND Mini Snack Bars Variety Pack — 30 Count (3 Flavors), Gluten Free, Low Calorie Minis","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKIND Mini Snack Bars Variety Pack delivers 30 individually wrapped, gluten-free mini bars in three flavors for low-calorie, low-sugar snacking anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bite-sized KIND bars are designed to give you a convenient, portion-controlled option when you want a nut-forward snack without high calories or gluten. Each 0.7 oz mini bar is individually wrapped for easy stashing in a desk drawer, gym bag, or lunchbox. The variety pack includes Dark Chocolate Nuts \u0026amp; Sea Salt, Caramel Almond \u0026amp; Sea Salt, and Dark Chocolate Cherry Cashew so you get a balance of savory, sweet, and fruity nuttiness in one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how many bars come in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack contains 30 mini bars total, split into three flavor varieties so you can mix and match based on mood. Each flavor is offered in 10 mini bars for easy portioning and sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 x Dark Chocolate Nuts \u0026amp; Sea Salt — toasted nuts with a dark chocolate coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 x Caramel Almond \u0026amp; Sea Salt — salted caramel notes with whole almonds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 x Dark Chocolate Cherry Cashew — tart cherry with cashews and dark chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these mini bars fit into a busy day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKIND Minis are made for grab-and-go moments when you want a quick, satisfying bite without unpacking a large snack. Individually wrapped bars help control portions and keep freshness, making them ideal for mid-afternoon cravings, travel, or as a small after-school nibble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach mini bar is 0.7 oz and under 90 calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for convenient transport and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits pockets, purses, backpacks, and lunchboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre KIND Mini Bars suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese minis are labeled gluten free and made without genetically engineered ingredients, which helps shoppers avoid gluten and GMOs. They are not intended as a medical treatment and may contain traces of other allergens depending on manufacturing; always check the package for ingredient and allergen statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free — suitable for those avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow sodium and lower sugar options compared to many conventional candy bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for cleanliness and single-serve control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many calories and what nutritional benefits do the minis offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach KIND Mini bar contains 90 calories or less, making them a controlled-calorie treat when you want something nut-forward. The bars highlight whole nuts and seeds as primary ingredients, offering texture and a satisfying chew without oversized portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bar is 0.7 oz with 90 calories or fewer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocused on whole nuts and natural ingredients rather than sugary fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow glycemic index characteristics relative to many sweet snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The KIND Mini Snack Bars Variety Pack is suited for anyone wanting a portable, portion-controlled snack with wholesome ingredients—commuters, office workers, students, parents packing lunches, and anyone seeking gluten-free, lower-calorie mini bars. If you want an easy way to offer guests a selection of nut-based flavors or keep a stash of individually wrapped treats for quick energy boosts, this variety pack is a practical, flavorful choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDark Chocolate Nuts and Sea Salt: Almonds, peanuts, chicory root fiber, honey, palm kernel oil, sugar, glucose syrup, rice flour, unsweetened chocolate, alkalized cocoa, sea salt, soy lecithin, natural flavor, cocoa butter. Caramel Almond and Sea Salt: Almonds, chicory root fiber, honey, glucose syrup, palm kernel oil, sugar, rice flour, milk powder, sea salt, carob powder, soy lecithin, natural flavor, annatto. Dark Chocolate Cherry Cashew: Cashews, Cherries, Chicory Root Fiber, Almonds, Sugar, Peanuts, Honey, Palm Kernel Oil, Glucose Syrup, Cranberries, Rice Flour, Raisins, Unsweetened Chocolate, Alkalized Cocoa, Soy Lecithin, Sea Salt, Natural Flavor, Cocoa Butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in each KIND Mini bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each mini bar contains 90 calories or less, making them a controlled-calorie snack option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these KIND Mini bars gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the KIND Mini Snack Bars Variety Pack is labeled gluten free and made without genetically engineered ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"KIND","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904179958072,"sku":"B0DBMZHSH8","price":66.3,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/kind-mini-variety-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788449542"},{"product_id":"werthers-original-caramel-hard-candy-2-4-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-buttery-smooth","title":"Werther's Original Caramel Hard Candy, 2.4 lb Bulk Bag — Individually Wrapped, Buttery Smooth","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWerthrs Original Caramel Hard Candy is a 2.4‑pound bulk bag of smooth, buttery hard caramels designed for sharing, snacking, gifting, and stocking up on a timeless sweet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you remember this flavor from childhood or you’re discovering a classic for the first time, Werthrs Original delivers a balanced caramel taste with a creamy finish. This generous 39.75 oz bag keeps a steady supply on hand for parties, office bowls, seasonal gifting, or everyday treats. Each individually unwrapped piece is crafted to offer a consistent melt-in-your-mouth texture that makes these caramels a simple, reliable crowd-pleaser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these caramels taste and feel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor profile centers on warm, buttery caramel with a gentle sweetness that doesn’t overpower. Pieces are formulated to be hard candies that slowly soften, releasing a smooth, creamy caramel core as you enjoy them. Texture and taste are designed for a classic, nostalgic caramel experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm, buttery caramel flavor with balanced sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-candy shell that gradually softens for a creamy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces to preserve freshness and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions are these candies best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk 2.4 lb bag is versatile: great for gatherings, workplaces, or holiday stocking stuffers. Keep a bag in communal areas for guests or use smaller portions for party favors and gift baskets. The size also makes it economical for frequent snacks and events where you want consistent, familiar candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFamily gatherings, office candy bowls, and party displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift baskets, stocking stuffers, and event favor packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-lasting pantry supply for everyday snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them and what’s the shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. Once opened, reseal or transfer to an airtight container to reduce exposure to humidity. Proper storage preserves the candy’s hardness and prevents stickiness for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry pantry or cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal bag or use an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest kept away from heat and high humidity to retain texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies convenient for sharing and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 39.75 oz bulk bag is tailored for sharing—plenty of pieces for large groups or extended enjoyment. Individually wrapped caramels make distributing or packaging simpler and more hygienic. The size and presentation save time when assembling favors or topping off a candy jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge quantity ideal for parties and public spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for easy sharing and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple to portion into small bags or containers for favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Werthrs Original Caramel Hard Candy bulk bag suits anyone who loves classic caramel flavor—hosts planning events, offices stocking a communal candy bowl, gift makers assembling baskets, and everyday snackers who prefer a reliable, nostalgic candy. If you want a familiar buttery caramel available in generous supply with easy portioning and long shelf life, this 2.4 lb bag is a practical, crowd-friendly choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003esugar, glucose syrup, cream, butter, whey, skimmed milk, salt, and artificial flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the caramels individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each Werthrs caramel is individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bag suitable for parties and gift baskets?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely — the 2.4 lb bulk bag is ideal for party bowls, favors, and gift-basket filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kelorix Canada | Shop Home, Electronics, Beauty, Toys \u0026 More","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904180187448,"sku":"B0F3KQNLM8","price":74.66,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/werthrs-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788449556"},{"product_id":"lenny-larrys-cookie-fied-big-bar-chocolate-chip-cookie-dough-90g-xl-vegan-protein-bar-24g-plant-protein","title":"Lenny \u0026 Larry's Cookie-fied BIG BAR Chocolate Chip Cookie Dough — 90g XL Vegan Protein Bar, 24g Plant Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLenny \u0026amp; Larry's Cookie-fied BIG BAR Chocolate Chip Cookie Dough is an extra-large, soft-chewy vegan protein bar delivering 24g plant protein and 10g prebiotic fiber in a cookie-inspired treat.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for people who want the flavor of a cookie without sacrificing nutrition, this XL Cookie-fied bar combines a soft, chewy base with semi-sweet chocolate chips and crunchy cookie dough pieces. Each 90g bar is gluten-free, Non-GMO Project Verified, and certified vegan, offering a convenient snack that fits many dietary preferences while satisfying big cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Cookie-fied BIG BAR fit into a busy day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe size and nutrient profile make this bar a practical on-the-go option for busy mornings, midday hunger, or post-activity refueling. Its combination of 24g plant protein and 10g prebiotic fiber helps you feel fuller longer than a typical candy bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e90g XL format provides a filling single-serve snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24g plant-based protein supports satiety and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10g prebiotic fiber supports digestion and sustained energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for easy packing and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Chocolate Chip Cookie Dough flavor taste like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flavor blends a soft, dough-like chew with semi-sweet chocolate chips and crunchy cookie bits to recreate a classic cookie experience. The texture contrasts—tender base plus crisp cookie pieces—deliver a satisfying mouthfeel rather than a dense protein-block texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy center mimics cookie dough\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSemi-sweet chips add familiar chocolate notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrunchy cookie inclusions provide texture contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness designed to satisfy sweet cravings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars suitable for special diets and ingredient concerns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these bars are crafted to accommodate a range of preferences. They are certified vegan, gluten-free, Non-GMO Project Verified, and made without soy ingredients, high fructose corn syrup, artificial sweeteners, or sugar alcohols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified Vegan and dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation for those avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO Project Verified ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial sweeteners or sugar alcohols included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this bar compare to standard protein snacks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Cookie-fied BIG BAR is larger than many conventional protein bars and emphasizes plant-based nutrition alongside indulgent flavor. If you want a snack that feels like a treat but supplies substantial protein and fiber, this bar stands apart from smaller, less filling options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eXL 90g serving vs. smaller 40–60g bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24g plant protein often exceeds typical protein-bar averages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10g prebiotic fiber adds digestive benefits not always present\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to satisfy both taste and hunger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lenny \u0026amp; Larry's Cookie-fied BIG BAR appeals to active people, busy professionals, students, or anyone seeking a plant-based, gluten-free snack with the feel of a cookie. It’s a good option for vegans, those avoiding soy and artificial sweeteners, and anyone who wants an indulgent-tasting bar that still delivers substantial protein and fiber to help keep hunger at bay throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINGREDIENTS: Protein Blend (brown rice protein, pea protein), Tapioca Syrup, Inulin, Almonds, Semi-Sweet Chocolate Chips (organic cane sugar, unsweetened chocolate, cocoa butter), Oat Flour, Gluten Free Sugar Cookie Pieces (rice flour, sugar, palm oil, tapioca starch, molasses, natural flavors, salt), Brown Sugar, Organic Agave Syrup, Sunflower Oil, Rolled Oats, Natural Flavor, Sea Salt. ALLERGENS: Contains Almond. Manufactured in a facility that also processes Peanut, Tree Nut, Soy, Milk, and Egg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each Cookie-fied BIG BAR?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 90g Cookie-fied BIG BAR contains 24g of plant-based protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the Chocolate Chip Cookie Dough bar gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the bar is formulated gluten-free and certified vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lenny \u0026 Larry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904180810040,"sku":"B0DMWTYZJL","price":76.94,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/lenny-and-larrys-cookie-fied-front-packaging.jpg?v=1788449603"},{"product_id":"lindt-gourmet-truffles-assorted-chocolate-gift-box-14-7-oz-26-premium-truffles-six-flavors","title":"Lindt Gourmet Truffles Assorted Chocolate Gift Box, 14.7 oz — 26 Premium Truffles, Six Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLindt Gourmet Truffles Assorted Chocolate Candy Gift Box (14.7 oz) is a curated selection of 26 premium truffles in six classic flavors, presented as an elegant ready-to-give chocolate gift.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re celebrating Mother’s Day, marking a special moment, or simply treating someone who appreciates fine chocolate, this Lindt truffle assortment offers rich textures and smooth centers crafted by Lindt’s Master Chocolatiers. The box contains multiple flavors — from silky milk and bright white chocolate to deeper dark and flavored varieties — all packed for gifting or sharing. Each truffle is made with quality ingredients and refined technique so the assortment creates a varied tasting experience in one convenient package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how many truffles will I receive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14.7 oz gift box contains 26 individual truffles across six flavor types, offering a broad tasting range. You’ll find traditional favorites plus a few flavored dark options for variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMilk Chocolate — smooth and creamy milk ganache\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDark Chocolate — richer, more intense chocolate core\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite Chocolate — delicate and sweet white ganache\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFudge Swirl Milk Chocolate — creamy milk with fudge ribbons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel Dark Chocolate — dark chocolate with caramel accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDulce de Leche Dark Chocolate — dark chocolate with dulce de leche notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this Lindt truffle box suited for gifting on special occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is designed to be gift-ready, combining an attractive presentation with a mix of universally appealing flavors. It pairs easily with flowers, wine, or a handwritten card to create a complete present without additional wrapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElegant boxed packaging ideal for immediate gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortment offers options for varied palates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 14.7 oz size fits into gift baskets or alongside bouquets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified for recipients who prefer certified products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these truffles to preserve quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the truffles in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. For best enjoyment, allow chocolates to sit briefly at room temperature before serving so centers soften and aromas become more pronounced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore between 60–70°F (15–21°C) in a moisture-free area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid strong odors nearby; chocolate absorbs smells\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLet sit 10–15 minutes at room temperature before eating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate only when necessary, wrapped tightly to prevent condensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Lindt truffles different from other boxed chocolates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLindt emphasizes refined chocolate-making techniques and premium ingredients, resulting in consistently smooth ganache centers and balanced cocoa notes. The Master Chocolatiers focus on texture and flavor layering so each variety delivers a distinct tasting experience within one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA tradition of chocolate craftsmanship from Lindt Master Chocolatiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium ingredients for silky ganache and clear flavor profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted varieties crafted to contrast textures and sweetness levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged for both gifting and casual sharing at gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Lindt Gourmet Truffles Assorted Chocolate Gift Box is ideal for anyone looking to present a sophisticated, easy-to-give chocolate gift — from sons and daughters buying for Mother’s Day to hosts seeking a refined hostess gift. It suits recipients who enjoy a range of chocolate styles, from creamy milk to bold dark notes, and shoppers who want a trusted brand and attractive presentation without extra wrapping work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, cocoa butter, vegetable oil (coconut, palm kernel), milk, chocolate, skim milk, milkfat, soy lecithin (emulsifier), natural and artificial flavors, barley malt powder, caramel paste [sugar, cocoa butter, cream, salt, soy lecithin (emulsifier)], caramel powder (whey, butter, maltodextrin, sugar, skim milk, natural flavor), color added, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many truffles come in the Lindt Gourmet Truffles gift box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 14.7 oz box contains 26 assorted Lindt truffles across six different flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Lindt truffles suitable for gifting on Mother’s Day?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the box is gift-ready with elegant packaging and a variety of flavors ideal for Mother’s Day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lindt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904181498168,"sku":"B08XWVFTKS","price":90.07,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/lindt-gourmet-truffles-front-box.jpg?v=1788449650"},{"product_id":"kind-protein-max-bars-protein-snack-variety-pack-12-count-20g-protein-low-sugar","title":"KIND Protein MAX Bars Protein Snack Variety Pack — 12 Count, 20g Protein, Low Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKIND Protein MAX Bars are high-protein, on-the-go snack bars delivering 20g of protein, minimal total sugar, and real ingredients in a 12-count variety pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese ready-to-eat bars combine concentrated protein with recognizable ingredients like peanuts, offering a convenient snack for busy days, workouts, or travel. The variety pack includes two fan-favorite flavors—Crispy Chocolate Peanut Butter and Sweet \u0026amp; Salty Caramel Crisp—packaged individually for grab-and-go convenience. Each bar is gluten free, Non-GMO Project Verified, kosher, and crafted without artificial sweeteners or sugar alcohols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these bars support a high-protein routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach KIND Protein MAX bar provides 20 grams of protein to help you meet daily protein goals without carrying extra food prep. They’re portioned to be a single convenient serving that fits easily into bags and gym kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 g protein per bar for sustained fullness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for easy portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e250 calories per bar for a substantial snack option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars low in sugar and suitable for low-sugar plans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bars contain 0g added sugar* and about 1g total sugar, making them an option if you’re watching added sugar intake. They rely on protein and fiber to reduce net carbohydrate impact while still delivering a satisfying flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0 g added sugar* and 1 g total sugar per bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial sweeteners or sugar alcohols\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-fiber formulation to support satiety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and counts are included in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack contains 12 individually wrapped bars with two flavors to rotate through: Crispy Chocolate Peanut Butter and Sweet \u0026amp; Salty Caramel Crisp. Each flavor highlights peanuts as the primary ingredient, giving both a nut-forward taste profile with complementary textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 bars total: 6 Crispy Chocolate Peanut Butter, 6 Sweet \u0026amp; Salty Caramel Crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-forward recipes for flavor and texture consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for travel, work, and outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars allergy- and diet-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKIND Protein MAX bars are gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified, with kosher certification noted on the packaging. They do contain peanuts and other ingredients that may be relevant to common allergens—always check the nutrition label if you have specific dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified and free from artificial sweeteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains peanuts; check full ingredient list for allergens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These bars are aimed at active people, commuters, and anyone needing a compact, protein-forward snack that tastes like a treat. They work well for post-workout refueling, long workdays, hiking, or as a filling between-meal option. If you want 20 grams of protein from a single, shelf-stable bar that emphasizes real ingredients and low added sugar, this KIND Protein MAX 12-count variety pack is designed to fit that need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Not a low-calorie food; consult the nutrition facts for complete details on calories, fats, and saturated fat content. *\"Added sugar\" as labeled per nutrition facts.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrispy Chocolate Peanut Butter: Peanuts, Soy Protein Isolate, Allulose, Tapioca Fiber, Palm Kernel Oil, Vegetable Glycerin, Chicory Root Fiber, Unsweetened Chocolate, Alkalized Cocoa, Natural Flavor, Sea Salt, Peanut Oil, Tapioca Starch, Soy Lecithin, Vitamin E (Mixed Tocopherols For Freshness). Sweet \u0026amp; Salty Caramel Crisp: Peanuts, Soy Protein Isolate, Allulose, Tapioca Fiber, Chicory Root Fiber, Palm Kernel Oil, Vegetable Glycerin, Natural Flavor, Tapioca Starch, Milk Powder, Peanut Oil, Sea Salt, Cocoa, Soy Lecithin, Annatto Extract, Vitamin E (Mixed Tocopherols For Freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each KIND Protein MAX bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bar contains 20 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these bars gluten free and low in added sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these bars are gluten free and contain 0g added sugar* with about 1g total sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"KIND","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904183136568,"sku":"B0FHMLH6Q9","price":77.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/kind-protein-max-front-box.jpg?v=1788449746"},{"product_id":"natures-bakery-fig-bars-variety-pack-28-count-9-flavors-whole-grain-vegan-snacks","title":"Nature's Bakery Fig Bars Variety Pack 28 Count — 9 Flavors, Whole Grain Vegan Snacks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNature's Bakery Fig Bars Variety Pack is a 28-count mixed box of soft-baked, whole-grain, plant-based snack bars in nine flavors for convenient grab-and-go snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a diverse set of everyday snacks on hand with this assorted pack from Nature's Bakery. The 28-count assortment includes strawberry crumble, apple crumble, apple cinnamon, blueberry, strawberry raspberry, peach apricot, original fig, double chocolate brownie, and an extra strawberry-style option—offering a range of sweet and crumble-style textures without buying multiple boxes. These bars are soft-baked, made with whole grains and real fruit fillings, and formulated to be plant-based and free from artificial flavors, colors, and high-fructose corn syrup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how many of each will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety pack contains nine flavor profiles across 28 individually wrapped bars, balancing fruit-forward crumbles with brownie-style treats. Exact counts per flavor can vary by production batch, but the pack is designed to offer a generous mix so you can sample multiple favorites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes: strawberry crumble, apple crumble, apple cinnamon, blueberry, strawberry raspberry, peach apricot, original fig, double chocolate brownie, and strawberry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal: 28 individually wrapped bars for easy portioning and sharing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging supports transport and pantry storage without refrigeration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these fig bars fit into daily routines like lunchboxes or travel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually wrapped fig bars are convenient for packing into lunches, tossing in a gym bag, or stashing in a desk drawer. Their soft-baked texture and fruit fillings make them a portable option when you want a tidy snack without utensils or refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLunchboxes: fits easily in kids’ and adult lunches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel: compact, shelf-stable bars for road trips and flights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork \u0026amp; events: ideal for breakrooms, meetings, or snack tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these fig bars made with clean ingredients and suitable for vegan diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — these bars are plant-based and formulated without dairy, making them suitable for vegan diets. They’re made with whole grains and real fruit filling, and the recipe avoids artificial flavors, colors, and high-fructose corn syrup, aligning with cleaner-label preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly and dairy-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with whole grain and real fruit filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or high-fructose corn syrup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long do they last and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFig bars in this assortment are shelf-stable and best stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check the packaging for a best-by date; once opened, consume within a few days for peak texture, or keep bars individually wrapped until ready to eat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature in a pantry or cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to maintain freshness until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to printed best-by date on the outer carton.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 28-count Nature's Bakery assortment is built for families, offices, event hosts, and busy individuals who want a variety of wholesome-tasting, plant-based snacks on hand. It's also useful for parents packing school lunches, teams restocking breakrooms, or anyone who appreciates a mix of fruit-forward and chocolatey options without single-flavor commitment. If you want a pantry-ready pack that offers flavor variety, simple ingredients, and portable convenience, this assortment is a practical pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbleached Wheat Flour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Nature's Bakery Fig Bars vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These fig bars are plant-based and dairy-free, made without artificial flavors, colors, or high-fructose corn syrup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bars come in the variety pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains 28 individually wrapped bars in a mix of nine flavors for grab-and-go snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Nature's Bakery","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904186937656,"sku":"B0GH2M32YM","price":92.26,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/natures-bakery-front-box.jpg?v=1788449948"},{"product_id":"biscoff-biscoff-spread-topping-1l-pourable-vegan-cookie-butter-syrup-non-gmo-nut-free","title":"Biscoff Biscoff Spread Topping – 1L Pourable Vegan Cookie-Butter Syrup, Non-GMO \u0026 Nut-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus Biscoff Sweet Spread Topping is a pourable, vegan cookie-butter syrup made from original Biscoff biscuits for easy drizzling, spreading and mixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the caramelised-crisp flavour of Lotus Biscoff biscuits, this 1L squeeze bottle transforms that taste into a smooth, balanced topping suitable for both food and drinks. The formula uses ingredients of natural origin, non-GMO inputs and RSPO-certified palm oil, and it's produced in a nut-free facility so it fits many kitchen needs. The texture is designed to be neither too runny nor too firm, giving controlled pours and neat presentation whether you’re finishing desserts or stirring into beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this topping behave in drinks like lattes and iced coffee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLotus Biscoff Sweet Spread Topping blends smoothly into hot or cold drinks without separating, adding biscuit flavour and sweetness without gritty residue. Its pourable consistency lets you stir or drizzle to taste, making it ideal for café-style DIY beverages at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes easily into hot coffee and steamed milk for a creamy Biscoff latte.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves well in iced drinks when stirred or shaken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSqueeze bottle gives precise control for layered drinks and garnish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the best ways to use it on breakfast and dessert items?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse the topping as a finishing syrup on pancakes, waffles, toast and porridge, or as a decorative drizzle over ice cream, cheesecakes and cupcakes. Because it holds shape briefly yet still pours cleanly, it creates attractive swirls and controlled lines for plating and simple home baking decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrizzle over pancakes or waffles for instant dessert-style breakfasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop ice cream or puddings for rich caramelised-biscuit notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold into batters or frostings to infuse Biscoff flavour evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary features should I know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe spread is made from original Lotus Biscoff biscuits and natural-origin ingredients, with no artificial colours, flavours or preservatives. It uses non-GMO ingredients and RSPO-certified palm oil, is vegan friendly, and produced in a nut-free facility — useful for varied household diets and professional kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from original Biscoff biscuits for authentic flavour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours, flavours or preservatives included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients, RSPO palm oil, vegan and nut-free production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and use the 1L bottle for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bottle in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight; refrigerating after opening may thicken the syrup slightly but won’t harm quality. Use the squeeze cap to control portions and clean the nozzle after use to prevent stickiness and preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened in a cool pantry; refrigerate after opening if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWipe nozzle clean after each use to avoid clogging and sticky residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake gently if separation occurs; use within recommended best-before timeframe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, cafés and bakers who love the iconic Biscoff flavour but want a fast, neat way to add it to food and drinks will find this 1L topping useful. It’s especially suited to people seeking a vegan, non-GMO option with straightforward pour-control for plating, drink preparation, and recipe integration — perfect for busy mornings, weekend baking, or adding a signature touch to desserts and beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaramelized biscuits 52% (wheat flour, sugar, vegetable oils (palm*, rapeseed), candy sugar syrup, raising agent (sodium hydrogen carbonate), soya flour, salt, cinnamon), rapeseed oil, sugar, emulsifier (lecithins (soya)), acid (citric acid).* palm oil from sustainable and certified plantations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lotus Biscoff Sweet Spread Topping vegan and nut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The topping is vegan friendly and produced in a nut-free facility, using non-GMO ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this topping in hot drinks without causing separation?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It mixes smoothly into hot and cold drinks and blends well when stirred into lattes or iced coffees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Biscoff","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904189100344,"sku":"B07TDHXM6M","price":93.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/biscoff-front-bottle.jpg?v=1788450008"},{"product_id":"rxbar-vanilla-almond-protein-bars-12-bars-22-oz-12g-protein-gluten-free-snacks","title":"RXBAR Vanilla Almond Protein Bars, 12 Bars (22 oz) — 12g Protein, Gluten Free Snacks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRXBAR Vanilla Almond protein bars are made from simple, whole-food ingredients—egg whites, nuts and dates—for a 12g protein snack without gluten or added sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vanilla almond bars pack recognizable ingredients into a convenient 22 oz box of 12 individually wrapped bars. Designed as a filling, real-food option for busy schedules, each bar uses egg whites for protein, crunchy almonds and cashews for texture, and dates to naturally bind and sweeten. The result is a portable snack that balances flavor and sustenance without artificial fillers. Whether you want a quick morning bite, a pre- or post-workout boost, or a satisfying office snack, RXBAR aims to simplify fueling with transparency and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the ingredient list different from other protein bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRXBAR emphasizes transparency and short ingredient lists you can read and recognize. Instead of syrups, isolates, or long chemical names, these bars list whole ingredients front and center—egg whites, nuts, and dates—so you know what you're eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal, whole-food ingredients for clear labeling and cleaner taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEgg whites deliver complete protein without dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlmonds and cashews add crunch and healthy fats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDates act as a natural binder and sweetener—no added sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow filling are RXBAR Vanilla Almond bars for on-the-go days?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach bar supplies 12 grams of protein, which helps support satiety between meals compared with snacks that are mainly carbs. The combination of protein, nuts, and natural fiber from dates gives a balanced bite that helps curb cravings and provide steady energy without a heavy meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12g protein per bar (about 22% daily value) to help you feel fuller longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNuts provide sustaining fats and texture for lasting satisfaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDate fiber slows digestion for steadier energy release\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, portable bars fit backpacks, gym bags, or desk drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars suitable for dietary restrictions or daily routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRXBAR Vanilla Almond bars are labeled gluten free and Kosher Pareve, and they avoid added sugars. They do contain egg, almonds and cashews, so they’re not suitable for those with those specific allergies—but they offer a dairy-free protein option for many who avoid lactose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and Kosher Pareve certified for broader dietary fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains egg and tree nuts—check allergen needs before buying\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0g added sugar while using dates for natural sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for breakfast, travel, or workout routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these bars for best results in my day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRXBARs are versatile: have one as a quick breakfast with coffee, a pre-workout snack for a light protein boost, or as an afternoon pick-me-up to avoid vending-machine choices. Because they’re individually wrapped, portion control and on-the-go convenience are built in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with coffee or yogurt for a simple breakfast option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEat 20–30 minutes before light exercise for sustained energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep a few in your bag or desk for consistent, portable snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a travel-friendly alternative to fragile or perishable foods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? RXBAR Vanilla Almond bars are aimed at anyone seeking a straightforward, whole-ingredient protein snack: busy professionals, gym-goers looking for non-dairy protein, travelers wanting shelf-stable nutrition, or anyone who prefers short, transparent ingredient lists. If you need a gluten-free, nut-containing bar with 12 grams of protein and clean labeling in a 12-count box, these bars offer a convenient, flavorful option to help bridge meals and support daily activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDates, Egg Whites, Almonds, Cashews, Vanilla Bean, Natural Flavors, Sea Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each RXBAR Vanilla Almond bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bar contains 12 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these RXBARs gluten free and dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They are labeled gluten free and dairy-free but contain egg and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"RXBAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904190214456,"sku":"B07ZQYM8MJ","price":81.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/rxbar-vanilla-almond-front-box.jpg?v=1788450079"},{"product_id":"thats-it-fun-size-fruit-bars-variety-pack-50-count-cranberry-banana-10-g-non-gmo-kosher-allergy-friendly","title":"That's it. Fun Size Fruit Bars Variety Pack 50-Count (Cranberry-Banana) — 10 g, Non-GMO \u0026 Kosher Allergy-Friendly","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThat’s it. Fun Size Fruit Bars are bite-size, two-fruit chews made from 100% natural fruit — packaged as a 50-bar variety pack for convenient, allergen-friendly snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese mini fruit bars combine two simple fruit ingredients into a compact, chewy snack designed for people who want real fruit without additives or complex labels. Each 10 g bar contains nothing but fruit, making them an easy swap for candy or processed snacks. The variety pack includes cranberry-banana and other naturally flavored bars, all certified non-GMO and kosher, and free from the most common allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these fruit bars made and what’s inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Fun Size Fruit Bar relies on a minimalist ingredient list: just two fruits per bar, no preservatives, and no added sugars or oils. The texture comes from pureed and sun-dried fruit that’s pressed into portable bars, preserving fruit flavor and chewiness without artificial additives. Labels are intentionally simple so you can see exactly what you’re eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly two fruit ingredients per bar — clean and transparent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo preservatives, artificial sweeteners, or added fats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduced in recipes that avoid top 12 allergens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these bars fit into allergy-conscious or restricted diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — these bars are formulated to be inclusive. They are free from the top 12 allergens, gluten-free, vegan, and non-GMO, making them suitable for many special diets. They also carry kosher certification for those who observe dietary laws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten-free and vegan friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut-free, soy-free, and free from other top allergens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients and kosher certified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the 50-bar variety pack in daily life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50-count Fun Size pack is sized for sharing, storage, and quick access. Keep a box at the office, pack several into kids’ lunches, use them as party favors, or stash a few in a hiking pack. Portion control is easy with 10 g bars — you can grab one or a few depending on your appetite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for classrooms, parties, and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable single-serve bars for commuting and outdoor activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple portioning — 10 g per bar for mindful snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these bars replace fresh fruit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey aren’t a direct substitute for whole fresh fruit in every situation, but Fun Size bars are a convenient way to add fruit into busy days when fresh options aren’t available. They deliver concentrated fruit flavor and fiber without the prep, making them a practical complement to, rather than a replacement for, whole produce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for on-the-go fruit intake when fresh fruit isn’t practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide chewable fruit texture and concentrated taste from real fruit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore easily without refrigeration for long-lasting convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? That’s it. Fun Size Fruit Bars suit families, caregivers, teachers, and anyone who needs a simple, allergen-aware snack option. They’re ideal for people managing restricted diets, event planners seeking easy party treats, and active folks who want a lightweight, natural energy bite. If you value short ingredient lists and grab-and-go convenience, this 50-piece variety pack fits into busy routines, kid-friendly lunches, and communal snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCranberry\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are That’s it. Fun Size Fruit Bars vegan and gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These bars are vegan, gluten-free, non-GMO, and free from the top 12 allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in each 10 g bar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each mini bar is small and low in calories; check the nutrition panel on the packaging for exact calorie count per flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"That's it.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52904190247224,"sku":"B0812BQRQH","price":81.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/files\/thats-it-front-packaging-cranberry-banana.jpg?v=1788450076"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1012\/6799\/6984\/collections\/wild-society-caveman-eats-front-packaging.jpg?v=1790088741","url":"https:\/\/kelorix.ca\/collections\/snacks.oembed","provider":"Kelorix Canada | Shop Home, Electronics, Beauty, Toys \u0026 More","version":"1.0","type":"link"}